https://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Brandon&feedformat=atomwiki.occupyboston.org - User contributions [en]2024-03-28T13:42:00ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.41.0https://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Sun_August_12_2012&diff=15390GA Minutes Sun August 12 20122012-08-16T23:22:20Z<p>Brandon: Created page with " == 12 Aug 2012 == * In Copley Square plaza. == Announcements == === Announcements === * At the last GA, it started out with about 6 or 7 people, and people were wondering if the..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
== 12 Aug 2012 ==<br />
* In Copley Square plaza.<br />
== Announcements ==<br />
=== Announcements ===<br />
* At the last GA, it started out with about 6 or 7 people, and people were wondering if they should even have it. But eventually about 20 people showed up.<br />
* People are really confused about community gatherings and people were showing up for them. We checked and there are none planned, so we took them off the schedule and told the church that we weren't doing them. If you want to do one contact Greg or myself (Carolyn) and we'll set you up.<br />
* After today we can go back to the common for GA, because Shakespeare in the Park is over, so we should decide where we're going to meet. Sunday GAs will stay at Copley, but Tuesday GAs can be moved to the common.<br />
** It might be easier to have just one fixed place rather than moving.<br />
** If it rains, do we still have the option of going inside the community church?<br />
** Temperature check decides to stick in Copley.<br />
* I went to the rally in Malden that City Life/Vida Urbana put on. It was kind of odd, because most of the people that were there were part of a tennants unions. The event was about a man who was losing his home that he owned. I went mostly because the man who's here from Spain mentioned how exiciting it had been in Spain.<br />
* Does anybody here know if the puppet people are actually going to show up on Saturday, at what times, or where?<br />
** [noone seems to know]<br />
== Proposals ==<br />
* There are currently two proposals for consideration this afternoon.<br />
** The Boston hemp fest rally in the Boston common has been going on for a while. ~50k people show up every year. It would be good for OB to have a booth there. It's right when the school year starts. The proposal is for $150 which is the cost for a 10x10 booth at the rally, the SAA can decide what to do there.<br />
*** CC: I'm still trying to figure out who puts this rally on<br />
**** A: It's put on by MassCann, it's a cannabis legalization rally<br />
*** CC: When is the day?<br />
**** A: 17 September<br />
*** POI: S17 stuff is being planned for that whole weekend. CC: Is there anybody who would be able to man the booth.<br />
**** A: I can go man the booth!<br />
*** This proposal passes as part of the bucket.<br />
<br />
** The radio program, "99% Boston" has been doing a lot of work to try and reach a larger audience. The show is going to be moved to Unregular radio, which has potentially 1000s of listeners. Each show recorded has studio fees of $85. For a whole year that's $4420, plus money for promotionals, and stickers etc to bring the money to $5000. The time slot would be Thurs 8-9.<br />
*** CC: Is there some reason we need to commit to a whole year?<br />
**** A: We thought a year was a good amount of time. We have a verbal commitment with them for a half of a year. We're really in to this for the long haul. It's a really radical show that's almost impossible to get advertising for it. We're asking for less than what working groups used to get a week.<br />
*** CC: Is this just one part for OB radio deciding this?<br />
**** A: Yeah, it's just one show.<br />
*** CC: Is there a reason for not just doing it for 6 months to see if it's working?<br />
**** A: I don't really know if OB's going to be around in 6 months. I believe in this project, and I don't know if we'll have GAs in 6 months. I'd like to get a year.<br />
*** POI: The S17 proposal asked for more money for less amount of time.<br />
*** CC: Who's actually involved in this show?<br />
**** A: THere's been 25 people on the show as guests. 9 women, 16 men, from OB. We'd like to have it more gender balanced. I host the show, and theres a bunch of occupiers in the gang that puts it together. There are also people who want to be more involved, but are working or whatever. We couldn't think of anyone who we wouldn't have on the show.<br />
*** CC: What will this seem like to other people in OB radio?<br />
**** A: OBR has been one of our most expensive things, but we're going to have more listeners the first show than OBR might have in a week. I don't know what they'll think, but maybe some of those shows will follow our lead.<br />
*** CC: Did you consider getting a slot and slotting different OBR shows in instead of the one.<br />
**** A: No, that's not really the model, it's not what they would have been comfortable with and its hard to build listenership.<br />
*** I would be interested in hearing something like "99% Boston" is brought to you in part by a grant from Occupy Boston with the time of the GA, etc. That this is a community service provided by OB.<br />
*** I'm a little worried about the money that's left.<br />
*** I know two people that have radio shows on unregular. They average tens of thousands of viewers. We're worried about the money coming in here, but I'm worried about the people.<br />
*** A lot of my concerns come down to money, because I think we're down to very little money. I guess I'm more inclined to the 1/2 year than a year, but I'm also concerned about what this means for OBR and the rest of OB to sponsor one's group project and nothing else.<br />
**** Currently OBR has a listenership that's a dozen. I think if we do this that number is likely to grow.<br />
**** I'm one of the hosts of another show on OBR, and I'd like to to pass this and come on the show.<br />
**** At the last OBR meeting this was brought up.<br />
*** I would like to amend that somehow people start thinking about having real bake sales to start raising money for the winter.<br />
*** We're going to look into fundraising. We're going to look for advertisers, but we think it will be a tough sell.<br />
**** I've always said that if we don't do stuff to get the word out, we're going to eventually lose the money anyway.<br />
**** We had this meeting last week, and we need to come up with funds immediately, and there's not going to be another GA in time to get the money.<br />
*** I guess what I heard was that there might be another funding proposal for OBR. My point is that we can't spend all of our money on radio stuff.<br />
*** I personally feel that it's time to revist the tactical proposal. How much money has been earmarked for that?<br />
**** There's over $10,000 in the tactical proposal.<br />
*** Could you just say a word about what the show is like?<br />
**** Its a great show with great dialog. All the people on the show have great chemistry that flow pretty well. We're getting dialog out there and we're giving people ideas.<br />
*** When would be the first broadcast on unregular radio?<br />
**** 30 Aug.<br />
*** Because this is an affinity group I want to make sure that this is open on some level.<br />
**** The show has been like that since the beginning.<br />
*** I would like to suggest that we fund it for only a half a year.<br />
*** The proposal has passed! All in favor, but for one stand aside.<br />
== Open Stack ==<br />
* I want to raise the issue that we're not doing enough to evaluate why we are where we are and where we could be going. I just mean larger questions about our tactics and strategy all along. I keep getting things in the mail from other people about where Occupy went wrong, but I'd like for us to talk about that too. I think there are things that we did way back long ago that may have really influenced where we are right now.<br />
** We should have that conversation at Community Church in a less distracting environment.<br />
* I have a report back, last Thursday, a bunch of people, occupy and not, got together and started talking about how we can get the banks to stop hording their money, and how to invest our money in local businesses. I think there's going to be another meeting the week after this one at the Democracy Center in Cambridge, 7-9 on Thursday. Terra will probably put out another notice about it.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes/August2012&diff=15389GA/Minutes/August20122012-08-16T23:20:41Z<p>Brandon: /* August 7 Minutes */</p>
<hr />
<div>=== [[GA Minutes Sun August 12 2012|August 12 Minutes]] ===<br />
=== [[GA Minutes Tue August 7 2012|August 7 Minutes]] ===</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Tue_10_July_2012&diff=15164GA Minutes Tue 10 July 20122012-07-11T03:08:05Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Facil. == * THe facilitation would like to make sure we have consent on the two facilitators we have for tonight. The two facil. are Tess & Dana. ** [Positive] * Ok, I'm goin..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Facil. ==<br />
* THe facilitation would like to make sure we have consent on the two facilitators we have for tonight. The two facil. are Tess & Dana.<br />
** [Positive]<br />
* Ok, I'm going to hand it over to Tess & Dana<br />
== Intro ==<br />
* [Facil. explains the hand signals<br />
== Announcements ==<br />
* Bank Action WG: We've had two successful actions in the last 2 weeks at BoA. We're looking forward to planning more. We'll meet 2 weeks from today at 6PM at the Bandstand (in the common). Actions that we've had have been a bake sale for BoA. Please come.<br />
* Bastile Day: I sent a flier around. @ Spontaneous Celebrations Sat, July 14, 1-4PM on 43 Danport St, in JP (Stony Brook T) is going to be an art fair. It's free, dancing, food, art. At 4 when we leave we're going to walk over the park and have GA there at 5PM.<br />
* Medics: There's going to be a training for street medics here in Boston on the weekend of Aug 10 & 11. We're still organizing where it's going to be, but hold the date.<br />
* Brian: I wanted to make an announcement about e5. They're facing evicion by their landlord. The space hosts lots of organizations and progressive groups. They're holding meetings tomorrow (Wed) at 5, and July 18 at 7PM. THe former is for residents (OB has 2 resident WGs) and the latter is a broader community meeting. They're going to need a lot of help with the transition and moving and all that.<br />
* Patty: A couple of events coming up. In Arlington, July 29: OA invites the public to a Sunday gathering at 5:30 to hopefully organize some of the more suburban groups. On Sun Aug 5th in Winchester at the UU Church we're doing a service called Occupy Your Heart, we'd love to have people there if it appeals to you.<br />
* Noah: I passed out fliers to remind people about the Boston fair strike action this Friday. Meet at Park & Tremont at 6PM. The past actions have been successful, no arrests or tickets. The public has been receptive and supportive. Please come out and join us. We have a fully functioning 4 color silk screen press, it's living in JP right now but it's available to the OB community. If you have a design we can try and make that happen. We'll probably be having a party to do some designing and collect T-shirt donations. OccuPrint coop in NYC also wants to help us out. This is more of a personal note: at one point I heard someone mention that I personally had spent some of the tactical money at Camp Charlie. I just wanted to clear this up, it was about $1,000 spent, but I ended up not getting that money from the tactical budget.<br />
* Locke: I was going to make a proposal today, but I'm going to make an announcement instead. I did a teach-in before at the Church about non-profits, and about starting non-profit businesses. I thought some people might be interesting in doing a non-profit organizing group at the community gathering. I thought it might be interesting to try and pursue that sort of a thing. I would like to help try and develop the community gathering too. Essentially what I'm talking about is starting a seminar for starting community non-profits. If anybody wants to help me develop that idea please contact me.<br />
* Brian: I wanted to share a meeting coming up on Sunday called the Strategic Action Assembly (5PM, in Copley). One of the things that's going to happening there is a discussion about Occupying new space. A number of folks have already been involved in discussion, and I think that can really help us revive the movement. There's also a walking tour that Randy is going to lead at 4, an hour before the SAA to show some of the sites folks have been talking about occupying.<br />
* Linda: This is for the nonviolence WG. They're meeting tomorrow at 5:15 at Porter Square Books, everyone is invited. We're planning a training for tainers on July 28th. After that we hope to be having more trainings for the community.<br />
* Murphy: Tomorrow down in Plymouth a bunch of people go arrested at a protest. Their court date is tomorrow at 9AM at Plymouth District Court. If you have the opportunity to go down with there you should. There will be a rally at 11AM.<br />
* Noah: S17 spokes council is happening on July 21 (e5 3-7pm). Folks from all around New England will be coming in to talk about actions in NYC. The S17 funding WG, which is in charge of organizing transport for Boston is meeting either the 21 or 22, we could definitely use more help. If you want to get involved please joing the S17 list on May First<br />
<br />
== Proposals ==<br />
=== Occupy Boston Decision Making ===<br />
==== Introduction ====<br />
* Facil: we have a proposal tonight that's been requested we use the new proposal for.<br />
** [facil. explains new process & hand signals]<br />
* Facil: The proposer will lay out the proposals, we'll have a short period of CC and POI, then we move into small group discussion. Each sm. group will have a notetaker & facil. We'll start with 20 minutes for that (can be extended). We'll then meet back together, and the notetaker can explain what the group talked about.<br />
* Carolyn: I'm the proposer. The question is what we should do about decision making in Occupy Boston going forward. We've been having dwindling attendance in GA, at the same time as we've been having very large proposals. We don't have the people to make reasonable decisions, and that raises the questions of how we can have a democratic process. This was a call-out to talk about how we should go forward. I don't have a proposal at this point, in terms of specifics. I did develop a series of questions to think about, which I'll read. I worked on those with Facil. WG.<br />
** Questions:<br />
*** What do you want & need from this process and OB?<br />
*** Do we want to continue to make decisions as the OB community?<br />
*** If so, what problems do we need to address to move forward?<br />
**** What meeting structure, process, content, frequency do we need?<br />
**** What basic ideas are we committed to? Horizontal and transparent decision-making? Others?<br />
*** If we don't want to continue to make decisions as the OB community what do we do about the decisions we have already made and pending issues about s17, space, money, etc.<br />
**** What is Occupy Boston?<br />
*** Are we ready to answer these questions now? If not, what process do we need?<br />
<br />
* CC: The proposals was about how do we make decisions as a group, but some of these questions seem to be about how we exist (as OB) should we focus on decision making?<br />
** A: The questions are about whether & how OB should exist as a movement.<br />
** CC: I was just worried that if we break into groups and there's 9 questions each group will have a different discussion/<br />
** A: The 'one' question is 'do we want to continue to make decisions as the OB community, and if so, how?'<br />
<br />
* Carolyn: part of the reason we're going to have multiple break out discussions is so that we come back afterwords and talk about it so groups don't get too far off track.<br />
<br />
==== Clarify Question ====<br />
* Suggestion: I think what you're trying to do is good, and I love your questions. When I look at your list I think that #5 is the first question (are we ready to answer these questions now?). I think we should start there.<br />
** A: My own sense is that different people want to start at different places, and I don't want to stop them.<br />
* CC: You just mentioned about breaking into small groups several times, could you run through the process for tonight?<br />
** Facil: When we have discussion process proposals we'll break into small groups and discuss the proposal. After that the groups will piece together some sort of report-back, we'll reconviene, and each group will report back and open the discussion to the entire assembly. Usually we've only had one small group breakout, but we anticipate that this discussion will require that we break back into small groups again. There's no set amount of times we need to do that.<br />
* CC: I believe personally and politically that anything we do in OB, especially something as crucial as decision making for the whole body has to be losely informed by an anti-oppression politic. So I'd like to ask how come that's not on there, and what does that mean?<br />
** A: I was trying to present things at a level of very great generality. I'm trying to be as minimalist as possible with presenting this proposal and allow the GA to fill in as it see's fit.<br />
* CC: Based on what you said, I just want to ask, the reason for this meeting is that there are operative decisions that need to be make by OB that can't be made because of a lack of a quorum, and that no extraneous matter such as a political matter has prompted this meeting?<br />
** A: I thought we needed a democratic process and that needed to include more people.<br />
* Facil.: We're going to break up into small groups. Let's try not to have more than 5. In these groups please have a note-taker, so you can report back accurately, and please make sure that everyone has a chance to talk.<br />
* Facil.2: We don't want to have 25 report backs so maybe we should limit it to 5 groups. There are pads of paper up here for taking notes. We're going to start with 20 minutes, then we'll check back in.<br />
<br />
==== Small Group Discussions ====<br />
==== Group Report Backs ====<br />
* I was in a bunch of small groups and couldn't get off this issue: I feel many of our problems stem from our decision making which doesn't allow us to digest thought. By coming up with our agenda on the fly it puts people on the defensive. With the internet we could easily schedule proposals that are important enough that people could know about them at a time. Not to do that is block-level rude to me. So, when an individual comes, something that's obviously an emergency we should be able to say let's talk about it tonight, or we should say it's not an emergency. Not everyone has the priveledge and luxury of being here at all times. So, put it online and I'll be back to talk about whats important, or make a stand and I'll put my tent up right there.<br />
* We had a really big group. More or less 5 people spoke in favor of occupation. We talked about not having a mission statement, and the Dewey gave up a purpose and a mission that gave us a way to come together. We talked about a general low level of energy in the movement. Others felt that we weren't inclusive enough to make decisions, and that we should have dialogues and we should talk more about values. Other people felt we talk to much and that's all we do is talk and talk and talk. Other people felt that Occupation gave us a focus. Some said that SAA was a better decision making body than GA. That we need to advertise more. Some people where saying slow down. The thing about another occupation that came up, repeatedly, was how to not replicate the problems of Dewey Sq. No Phil! That how we talk to eachother, basically a lack of civility. There are a lot of actions happening and people didn't seem to know that. The problem isn't process but that we've developed a culture of not being kind. One of the things is that we don't have a very high level of political analysis, we haven't talked through strategy. A clear target, that we need to raise awareness. Trouble comes with how we treat eachother. Misplaced nostalgia for Dewey Sq. Direct action against economic inequality is our mission statement. Occupation is a tool, a medium, and not necessary the goal. To communicate better with the public. A decolonize framework before an occupation. Get people to dialog. Lack of focus, definition of common purpose.<br />
** I think there was recognition in our group was that actions and talking about shit are not mutaully exclusive. Those can happen concurrently.<br />
* Our group also had about 10 people. Similar themes came out. 1) Why are GAs so poorly attended? Frequency: there was a proposal that maybe if we had GAs only twice a month people could prioritize it and actually come. Content: maybe it's not the frequency, but what we discuss. If we made GAs more action focus more people would attend. 3) Vision, common ground, goals, mission statements. Something to bring people in. 4) Do we really know why people are not coming? Maybe we should ask and do some basic research. Some patterns we were guessing were frequency, value of time, whether there should be a large OB umbrella, content, etc. 5) Space: what is so different between now and October? The world hasn't changed much, but there's something different: we don't have a space where we can meet eachother. Maybe it's possible not to have physical space but some kind of other space. 6) This is not a sprint, this is a marathon. How do you actually plan for a marathon?<br />
* We had a small group, but it was very friendly. We started off with comments about there's a lot fo bullshit at meetings. People get meeting fatigue. There's no camp to pull people together. Other people said the process in the meetings gets in the way. There's no unity of goals, we need to clarify our goals. The WGs could continue without the GA. The GA was really important at the camp. One person suggested that we should be having GAs once a month, when the Occupier comes out. We had a discussion about what consensus was and how it works. Several different models about how it works. When people bond they start making cooperative decisions. Some of the diversity issues seem to be causing issues with the bonding. Also talking about the idea that some bonding happened at camp because it was really stressful and folks were familiar with eachother. That some things take a long time to change and some change overnight. Sometimes you need spontinaity other times you need discipline. There's contention between competition and cooperation. We need shared values and goals. Occupy really has had a great effect on the national dialog. Somebody's life was changed because they feel like they have a power to just take an action.<br />
* We did a whole go around where people talked about a huge range of things. We tried to consolidate and see where we agreed and disagreed. It's briefer than some of the others. We should continue to organize together. We should meet less, or make meetings more relevant or interesting. We should address underlying issues and/or treat eachother better. We had some disagreement on whether or not we need a coherent strategy to be developed at GA. Some people disagreed that we need a deeper and braoder analysis of issues and how they tied together, and that's one of the things we can do at GA. Somebody made a suggestion that fixing the internal issues might be very helpful, one suggestion was to have a retreat and hash it all out. People in our group didn't want to see OB go away and just end.<br />
<br />
==== Assembly Discussion ====<br />
* I think we are in a moment of extreme emergency right now in the GA today. The vulgar talk of money has barely come up. The GA handles our money. I don't want to go to the next one of this. I think we're going to have another 5 more of this before stop going to this. This isn't working.<br />
* Facil.: Matt is taking stack, if you'd like to speak get on stack with Matt.<br />
* I think a lot of what needs to happen is to focus on action. This has not been the case at GA for a long time. Ever since the first GA it's been a lot of talking of statements, etc. Secondly, I think process is overly individualistic. We have a process where we can't make an agreement where anybody disagrees with anything. I think we should get rid of the block and discuss them openenly. If you're part of the group and you should be mature enough to go with the group. We should vote by the majority.<br />
* I have not been here in any great capacity since January. I am really frustrated to hear you still asking why aren't people here, because I told you. I told you over email, I told you in other assemblies, and so have many others who have left. If you don't know by now you haven't been listening. I left because I organize. I've been organizing more than ever in my communities. OB stopped doing things for Boston, for my communities, so I left. I have not stopped organizing though. There has been this prevailing attitude that we don't care about the movement. No, I don't care about spending 4 hours a night arguing about money. The thing is GA is irrelevant to the things I'm trying to do to better the world. So honestly I don't have suggestions to move forward, because I've given them already and they've been ignored. If you want to find them they're online.<br />
* I got to this meeting late, and I wound up accidently in a different meeting. I am curious as a to whether this meeting has focused at all on e5 or on Jared Chase. Both of which seem quite compelling because they involve obviously allies, and that's one thing that's really mobilizing, not necessarily the big picture but individuals we work with. I'm curious as to whether that factors into this discussion, and how. And I know there's organizing that's been happening around those two things.<br />
* Honestly, I don't know what left to say. I feel like a stragler. I feel like I want Occupy to come back. I feel like it died. I feel like there is no point, because I want the change, I want the shit to go the way it's supposed to, but unfortunately it's just been like I've being kicked out of the movement because I can't go to Boston every goddamn day. I can't afford to come here every day and I feel like I'm being left out or something that I was being more a part of back in Decemenber. It was everything to me at one point. I'm not the type to be a self-starter, but what I do do is I help things, I support things. I have always been freely expresitive on how fucked up this world is. Before occupy happened I was working on school, trying to become something. Then almost two years, three years after high school occupy comes, happens to be after the worst time of my life, in all honestly. I just got a job today, I feel so happy about that. But I want to make something happen. I'm tired of my friends who go to jail without meaning shit to anyway (friends outside the movement). They're in jail, because of bullshit reasons. I'm tired of seeing my fucking friends die, in my own city. Occupy was an opportunity to change all that. In Dewey I saw something magical and creative. Now where are we? We're doing meetings, GAs? What's happening to us? What's happened to all these ideas I've heard? How about those islands on the harbor? Honestly I feel, coming out tonight and hearing the same thing repeated, can someone please take me aside and give me a direction to go in to actually make a change?<br />
* I'll try to be brief. I think that Dewey Sq., whatever you want to say about it, it was our center. It was our living breathing heart. And the powers that be destroyed it. I think that without our center we'll continue to have endless meetings about endless meetings. We can create another center. I'm calling on everybody here to come to the SAA on Sunday (5 at copley) to talk about occupying another space. The walking tour is at 4PM, Randy is going to lead a tour of places we've been talking about Occupying.<br />
* Facil.: One of the things we're supposed to do is see if we can synthesize consensus on topics. I've heard three different groups talking about spaces. Can I get a temp. check on the idea of finding another space.<br />
* What I was alluding to earlier: I think we've gotten incredibly bad at decision making. As individuals we have to discipline ourselves and say "i feel like saying this for the next five minutes, but is that really going to get us closer". We can't change the culture until we as individuals change our behavior.<br />
* One of the things that makes meetings get frustrating is when we get off topic. So I'm going to make a semi-proposal, but maybe we could make a list of things that are actually why we're here about what we do with GA. Occupation is the center. Having a retreat. Having less meetings. Those are the things I've heard people say about GA. So I would invite people to say what we should do about GA. Is there going to be another GA meeting.<br />
* So, when JD said we're in a state of emergency. I want to articulate what I think that means. With no definition of quorum, a very small group could theoretically do things which the rest of us would never want to happen. There is a huge gaping hole in the system and we're not doing anything. There's very short numbers of people at GAs at this point, and quorum doesn't exist. The talk about space and Dewey can be wrapped into one thing. We could take our money and put it towards a space, they can't kick you off and you can do whatever you want... kind of. The reasons these tent cities don't exist now is because of the laws stopping them. We need to utilize our priveledge here. Go ahead and break into a building and get somebody killed. Pay it into the land!<br />
* 1) the question of GAs, I know money is really important to people, I don't know how much we have. At the beginning we did not have a dime. So if somebody needs to write a proposal that we meet once a month, a quorum is 40 people, then that's what it is. I think people showed up rather to figure out where we're going.<br />
* Facil.: how do we feel on deciding on frequency of meetings tonight?<br />
* I have a lot of problems with talking about frequency of meetings without talking about what we're using those meetings for. We've had people coming to GAs, that are boring, and other people have come there and said I'm glad you folks have kept the GAs alive. We have to keep coming to it, even it's not exciting. One of the reasons it's not exciting is that we originally said we were not going to discuss actions as a body. There was a tendency to say it's autonomous, let a WG deal with it. I would like to not have that be the case. I don't think that every action needs to be decided at a GA. If you're part of a community and the community has an action, it's not forcing everybody to take part in that action. If OB decides we don't want to take that particular action, others can do it autonomously. When we take them together we reduce the possibility of turning ourselves into little WGs which meet at the same time and don't communicate. We can at least have some large things that recommunicate and recreate some of the community that brought us together in the first place. Without that, to me, there is no point to OB.<br />
* Facil.: I've heard a few people say they think GAs should be action focused. We can make a decision on that tonight.<br />
* What I had in mind was sort of digressive, but it was kind of apt to the method. I've mentioned this a couple times but haven't gotten much traction. Somebody mentioned it might be a good idea to ask people why they haven't been coming to GAs. I think we could ask right now and ask, is it that you just hate GAs, or you simply have a life that kind of takes precidence? The other thing I wanted to say was, we can at least revisit the discussion about a restriction of actions? I didn't even know we had that rule.<br />
* I don't think there's a writen rule, but time after time when actions have been brought to GA it's been said "no, they should not be discussed here, it's a matter of autonomous action for WGs."<br />
* I just thought it would be a good time to do some guerilla theatre. I've stood here before you all, I've sat there with us all, I have facilitated, I've disrupted, I've agitated, I've compassionately held people in my arms, I've done so many things throughout the baby infancy of this movement. What I have not been able to find the right words to say and throw insight and illuminate a particular point that we keep missing is how do we build a movement? A movement is not made of actions, meetings, talking. It's made of all of that together, with forethought, a lot of people disciplining themselves. It takes so many things that I believe at this point we've not showed willingness to sit down, buckle up and do it. I'm sorry I've came into this meeting angry tonight. I've been told I need to try to be a little nicer. I really wish that we would sit down, buckle up, and figure it out the best we can at the moment. It's not about when do we have GAs? Althought that's important. I've always wanted to share with OB a forum on movement building. There aren't a lot of us who have been part of movement building before, but there are a lot of poeple who have been. I have found OB as a group of people to be unbelievebly resistant to sitting down for even an hour what does it mean to challenge our priveledge. I wish people would take a few minutes to stop and reflect about how it informs the world to keep calling ourselves Occupy when that's so offensive to people that all they can think about is genocide. I love this. I know I've pissed off a lot of people, John, I don't if you've pissed off more or if I have. Most of you have hung in there with me. I am not going to sit around and keep doing this. It's too painful. What's painful is that we won't let ourselves stop for a moment and assess what is is we are, and how we're going to be what we'll be. I thin that we'd be crazy not to have a decision making body. I think there has to be some formality. What I would personally wish for, and I don't know if many people will agree, is that it has to be far more structured. Stack is stupid! Stack is a horrible way to organize ourselves if we're going to try to reach consensus. I hate the world disciplined, but around us, I've started to use the word for the first time. If we're going to overthrow what's wrong with this world we're going to have to use discipline.<br />
* Facil.: POI it's almost 10 O'clock.<br />
* Discipline, I like the term responsibility. I think we all here essentially feel some sort of responsibility for what we're going to do. "Reality is still a real place". Reality outside of this space is really really terrible. I come here annoyed and sometimes frustrated, but this reality here is probably the most inspiring thing, because I see so many people who want to change the reality outside of this space. What I find really demoralizing is the fracturing of this group of people who can make an impact on the world. If we could really try to get to work together and come together as a group, we can make a real impact. What I've seen is that Democracy is a pain in the ass, but it's amazing and beautiful and it's the only thing I want, and if we can't do it, we're fucked. We have a responsibility to do this.<br />
* When we got to Dewey, the press asked us, what are you about, what are you doing? We said we're a leaderless group. We actually did have a focus, we were in front of the fed. There was a broad understanding of what we were doing together. But it gave us an apparent unity, that allowed us to do big actions together. A, I'm going to address your questions as part of this. We were held together, by a magic ingrediant, which was hope. But it was an untested hope, and very quickly it was tested. We discovered that in a lot of regards the hope was unreal. But where we are now, what we need to do is focus on what of that hope is real, and can be made real. Maybe some of that hope has been thrown out prematurely. Some of it undoubtedly has to go. The idea that we were going to grow our own food on 1/3 of an acre that was full of tents over a highway has to go. I agree with A, A's questions. What do we have to do to have a movement. We were a movement then, apparently, because we had a unity, but it wasn't sustainable. A has, to some extent, answered her own question. What I've been talking about in terms of these different actions that focus on a specific issue is, well let's look at analysis and try to connect the issues together, so the example was, at Occupy The MBTA, lets look at the debt as part of the problem. The goal should not be lets fix the fairs, it should be, lets fix the debt. I think a GA is the wrong place to do that. A suggested that its the organization of the GA, well stack is a problem, round robin is a problem. The big problem is three hours is not a lot of time for people to come to consensus in a deep way. I think we need to do something together that is over an extended period of time like a retreat, if we're not going to occupy something. So that people can spend 2 or 3 days talking about these things. I think we should understand that GAs should not be the sum total of our attempt to build consensus.<br />
* Part of what's going on really sucks and parts really cool. The really cool part is that some people said not enough people are coming out to make important decisions, so lets do what we can to get more people here. The small group discussions were really great. The report backs where so-so, but then we get to this deadening stack shit, and people started leaving because they don't like being talked *at*. What I think we should do is this, we figure out what the topics are we want to talk about, and every Monday night is one topic. We sit in a circle, and we don't talk at eachother, and we figure out what we're going topic by topic. Whatever group that shows up that night makes a decision. We figure out what those topics are, dedicate Monday night, and make a decision.<br />
* I think we should have one GA a month, it should be correlated with the release of the Occupier. I think we should take all the money which isn't set aside to tactical and S17, and everything else goes to bail funds. We have one monthly GA where we do not talk about money.<br />
* I really like G's diagnosis (about being talked at). The crowd is shrinking and I just to end with some ideas where I thought we had consensus. We're looking for another occupation and we should talk about it. We should cut the number of GAs. We want to be able to talk about serious stuff, JF said we don't have to have the agendas drafted that day, and we need to get serious about being premeditated. We don't have to have an OB farm, but why couldn't there be an Occupy Eastern Mass farm where we're collaborating with a number of other Occupies? If we buy land not in boston, it'd be a lot cheaper. I would not want to see OB degenerate into a shit-load of WGs which never collaborate with eachother.<br />
* Facil.: We started with 51 people here tonight, and it's significantly shrunk since. One of the things that has continually come up, throughout all the report-backs has been the idea of having fewer GAs, and we heard a proposal from G to continue this conversation at the community gathering. We could move forward with these ideas tonight. I'm not sure that we have enough people here at this point to reduce the # of GAs, but I think we do have enough people to decide when we're going to continue this conversation, so I think we should start structuring the conversation in that direction.<br />
* I got a long thing to say. A public meeting doesn't have to be what we've assumed it to be since the beginning. It can be a much more flexible and open thing.<br />
* Facil.: Can we get on temp check on how many people are wanting to proceed with this conversation on Monday night?<br />
* I don't think there is any way to corrall this back at all, so I suggest we decide between next Monday or Tuesday and dismiss.<br />
* Facil.: So it seems the two options are next Monday during the community gather or Tuesday night during. How many people are planning on going to the GA in JP after the Bastile day art festival?<br />
* I realize that we have a schedule GA on Saturday, but my feeling is that regardless of what we decide here people are going to get caught up in the festivities on Sat. and not come to GA on Sat.<br />
* Facil.: So it looks like we're going to continue this conversation formally on Tuesday, here (Common) at 7PM. There will still be a GA on Saturday.<br />
<br />
== Individual Stack ==<br />
* I realize that many people are probably thinking this over already. I would like to see more talk about brining OB out to other places.<br />
* I was going to say it's those people that come once in a while that say "we should go this, and this" and I was going be be like "great idea, but what are you doing for the movement". Since the fall of Dewey we've had so much time. Has anybody volunteered with an organization in Boston. We need to start getting in to these organizations. We need to go to these people and help them, that's the only way they're going to come. The proposal that was on the floor was to talk about GA, not Occupy, and it was a waste of time.<br />
* I got a whole fucking bunch of shit. I've been an anti-capitalist for years, and I saw for what was happening at Dewey was in line with my ideals. If we start wandering off into individual WGs we're so much stronger. LIKE FUCKING VOLTRON. This is space, we're taking space right now. Having everyone in the same room is great. Meetings can be so much better, it can be whatever we want to be. We can use a better consensus process than this horse shit. Every single other group that does consensus has figured out that you don't need to comment on everything. I feel like one GA is way to few, because if we have just one day we're screwing over so many people. I think occupying is just one tactic, we can do so much more. If you want to set involved with other stuff we're having a black cross meeting tomorrow.<br />
* I feel like to make decisions in a group this small is tyrannical.<br />
* I have on question for you all, how many of you think you are leaders? To me J & J are leaders, not in the sense of heierarchy, but in the sense of action.<br />
* July 14th, that's Bastile Day, it's going to be a party that we've shelled out $1k for and it's going to be a big deal. Wouldn't it be great to have a GA afterwards where we're all lubricated and warmed up?<br />
* Facil.: How many people the GA is over? It was great seeing you tonight. The GA is over.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes/July2012&diff=15163GA/Minutes/July20122012-07-11T03:07:18Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "=== July 10 Minutes ==="</p>
<hr />
<div>=== [[GA Minutes Tue 10 July 2012| July 10 Minutes]] ===</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes&diff=15162GA/Minutes2012-07-11T03:05:56Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTOC__<br />
Here is an archive of all General Assemblies held by Occupy Boston. Scroll to view all, or sort by month.<br />
<br />
'''2011'''<br />
<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Sept2011|September]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Oct2011|October]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Nov2011|November]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Dec2011|December]]<br />
<br />
'''2012'''<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Jan2012|January]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Feb2012|February]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Mar2012|March]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Apr2012|April]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/May2012|May]]<br />
<br />
''[Note: we are missing General Assembly minutes for at least all the dates in black below! For details on how to fill the gaps, check out [http://occupyboston.wikispaces.com/message/view/GA+Minutes/44557288 this discussion].]''<br />
<br />
''Learn about the [[General Assembly]]''<br/>''Have minutes to share? Please see our [[GA/Minutes/Guidelines|Upload Guidelines]]''<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/July2012|July 2012]]==<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/July2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/June2012|June 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/June2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/May2012|May 2012]] ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/May2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Apr2012|April 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Apr2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Mar2012|March 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Mar2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Feb2012|February 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Feb2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Jan2012|January 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Jan2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Dec2011|December 2011]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Dec2011}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Nov2011|November 2011]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Nov2011}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Oct2011|October 2011]] ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Oct2011}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Sept2011|September 2011]] ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Sept2011}}</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120705&diff=15156WG/OBIT/Minutes/1207052012-07-06T00:28:09Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Attendance == * Tracy, Jeremy, Steve, Kendra, Dana, Brandon (notes) == Updating the OBIT Services Page == http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/WG/OBIT/Services This is page is i..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Attendance ==<br />
* Tracy, Jeremy, Steve, Kendra, Dana, Brandon (notes)<br />
<br />
== Updating the OBIT Services Page ==<br />
http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/WG/OBIT/Services<br />
This is page is incredibly out of date.<br />
<br />
Contacts for various things.<br />
=== Groups ===<br />
* Ross, Steve, Dana, Brandon<br />
=== Mailing Lists ===<br />
* Ross, Brandon, Steve<br />
=== Wiki ===<br />
* Steve, Matt<br />
=== Support (trac) ===<br />
* Brandon, Dana<br />
=== Wordpress (ob.org) ===<br />
* Steve, Brandon<br />
=== Horde Webmail ===<br />
* Ross<br />
=== Web IRC Client ===<br />
* Lefty<br />
=== Livestream ===<br />
* Tracy, Brandon, Rene?<br />
=== DNS ===<br />
* Brandon, Steve<br />
=== Community Training ===<br />
* Kendra<br />
=== Direct Democracy ===<br />
* Jeremy, Kendra<br />
=== User Support ===<br />
* Dana<br />
<br />
* Should we move the link to this page up to the top of our OBIT wiki page?<br />
** Yes, probably.<br />
<br />
== Making sure May First Contacts are up to date ==<br />
* The following people are listed as contacts on your mayfirst account: Matt W., Dana, Greg M., Brandon, Ross, Grainne.<br />
* We haven't seen G for a very long time, so let's remove from this list for now.<br />
* If people are concerned about OBIT dropping off the face of the earth, we can add more contacts to this list, so OB doesn't lose the mayfirst account.<br />
<br />
== Everyone List ==<br />
* Does anybody know how Ross put it together.<br />
** I think he did it my means of a mySQL query on the mailman database<br />
* We do have a system for handling submissions to the everyone list. Submissions can be sent to everyone-submit@lists.occupyboston.org. I'm going to make sure that the people who volunteered to help with that are still in contact -brandon.<br />
** After you confirm that, we should publisize the everyone list, and how to request things be sent out to it.<br />
<br />
== OBGroups List ==<br />
* I'm still getting bounces for this list every once in a while.<br />
* Brandon: we can probably delete that list.<br />
<br />
== Direct Democracy Followup ==<br />
* Jeremy: There was the conference just before I went on vacation, and a lot of people that I hadn't seen around before showed up. I took a lot of notes and I sent them out, but I think I forgot to include obit on that email. There were requests for a wide variety of involvement from training to discussing testing, like talking with a legislature about reading a bill that came out of it. It's a good start. I think we e5 going away, I'm going to try to space, like a local non-profit who can host meetings.<br />
** United for a Fair Economy is remodling their space and might have room for some meetings.<br />
* Jeremy: One of the goals that I had was to not be the driving force for the group, so the presentation was structured to deemphasize me and hear other voices, but there needs to be a forum for other people to step up.<br />
* Since it's still kind of in beta, the software, it still needs documentation right?<br />
* How often would you want to meet for this project?<br />
** Jeremy: I would show up to meetings once a week, I like energy, but everybody wouldn't have to show up each week.<br />
* Is there a mailing list for this project?<br />
** Yeah, I'll send out the details to the obit list.<br />
* When I was at the AMC they had us test a tool called the decider on labs.riseup.net. You might want to take a look at that.<br />
** There's also Liquid Feedback which is a project from the Pirate Party.<br />
* Should we schedule another meeting for this soon?<br />
** Yeah, but I don't know where we'd do it though. Tuesdays work good for me though. Maybe the 17th.<br />
<br />
== e5 Eviction ==<br />
* e5 has been asked to move by Aug. 1st.<br />
* For the next couple Sundays there will be e5 support meetings at 3PM on Sundays, which is when we usually meet. Would it be worth meeting from 1-3 on Sunday then going to that meeting?<br />
** Sounds good.<br />
* We have a couple options were we might be able to meet if e5 leaves, such as the NLG, or other progressive orgs.<br />
<br />
== What we will actually do if we get the MRG grant ==<br />
* Kendra: I framed it around computer literacy for activists and tools activists can use. A big portion of the grant was for rent too.<br />
* There's probably some sort of hackerspace around there that we could parter up with for a space.<br />
* Let's not worry about this until we actually get the money.<br />
<br />
== Broken Submissions Forms ==<br />
* Steve: I have a patch for our varnish configuration that fixes them. It was caching the captchas and caching the forms. The question I have is, the varnish configs, can we just go in and change them, or are they managed by puppet.<br />
* Brandon: Just sent ross a message, I'll update everybody when he responds.<br />
<br />
== Broken Things ==<br />
* We really need to find a designer to help us with our drupal groups project.<br />
** From now on let's make our Sunday meetings our drupal (groups) work days.<br />
* I'd also like to clear the ticket que on trac.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=15146WG/OBIT2012-07-05T23:06:10Z<p>Brandon: /* 2012 */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet Thursdays at 7pm at E5; Sundays 3pm at City Place. We usually have email discussions prior to meetings; you can check by looking for recent messages on https://lists.mayfirst.org/pipermail/obit/<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
* January 18 (OBIT/Media)<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120506 | May 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120513 | May 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120520 | May 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120530 | May 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120610 | Jun 10]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120614 | June 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120621 | June 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120628 | June 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120701 | July 1]] (v2dev hackathon)<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120705 | July 5]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[Spurious Mailman Unsubscribes]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Creating_A_Develpment_Environment_for_groups_version_2 | Creating a groups.occupyboston.org (v2) Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120614&diff=14921WG/OBIT/Minutes/1206142012-06-15T01:48:09Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== June 22nd Event ==<br />
* Jeremy: It's like the presentation I gave at the gathering, but a whole event focused on that technology.<br />
* Kendra: It will probably wind up being a debate on electoral politics.<br />
* Brandon: What left do we have to do to make this happen?<br />
** Kendra: I already made reservations for e5. There's a draft of a press release, which I'll incorporate some edits and then send it out.<br />
** Eden: I can put it on the calendar.<br />
* Jeremy: The structure I was thinking was an initial meet & greet around some kind of food. I'm going to tweak the presentation I gave and give that again, then I'm going to show some things like ALEC to show what we're up against. <br />
** The next part will be conversations, and maybe we should break people up and do something lightly facilitated.<br />
** Open Space<br />
*** The open space should have a theme, like "technology and democratic inclusion"<br />
* Jeremy: I can purchase materials beforehand.<br />
* Eden: Is your goal to get people to use your web tool?<br />
** Jeremy: My goal is to create a tool that people want to use.<br />
* Proposed Schedule<br />
** 15 Min Meet & Greet<br />
** 30 Min Presentation<br />
** 15 Questions<br />
** 5 Minutes Open Space Introduction<br />
* [Kendra reads the press release]<br />
* Eden: Do we want money for food?<br />
** We can always purchase it ourselves<br />
** Kendra: I'll email Greg<br />
* Brandon: I think we should write a blog post and put it on the website.<br />
== WordPress Development & Production Promotion ==<br />
* Steve: I have some changes I'd like to push, but I don't have access to attucks.<br />
** Brandon: I'll give you access!<br />
== Forums / v2dev ==<br />
* Dana: It's like an infected wound that keeps oozing puss.<br />
=== Schedule a hack day? ===<br />
* We're going to have a hack day to work on this on the 1st.<br />
== Virtual Hosts ==<br />
* Dana: I'm trying to replicate the virtualhost I setup on my test machine for work on another site, and I'd like some help.<br />
** [folks explain virtualhosts]<br />
== Tickets ==</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120614&diff=14920WG/OBIT/Minutes/1206142012-06-14T23:58:38Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== June 22nd Event ==<br />
* Jeremy: It's like the presentation I gave at the gathering, but a whole event focused on that technology.<br />
* Kendra: It will probably wind up being a debate on electoral politics.<br />
* Brandon: What left do we have to do to make this happen?<br />
** Kendra: I already made reservations for e5. There's a draft of a press release, which I'll incorporate some edits and then send it out.<br />
** Eden: I can put it on the calendar.<br />
* Jeremy: The structure I was thinking was an initial meet & greet around some kind of food. I'm going to tweak the presentation I gave and give that again, then I'm going to show some things like ALEC to show what we're up against. <br />
** The next part will be conversations, and maybe we should break people up and do something lightly facilitated.<br />
** Open Space<br />
*** The open space should have a theme, like "technology and democratic inclusion"<br />
* Jeremy: I can purchase materials beforehand.<br />
* Eden: Is your goal to get people to use your web tool?<br />
** Jeremy: My goal is to create a tool that people want to use.<br />
* Proposed Schedule<br />
** 15 Min Meet & Greet<br />
** 30 Min Presentation<br />
** 15 Questions<br />
** 5 Minutes Open Space Introduction<br />
* [Kendra reads the press release]<br />
* Eden: Do we want money for food?<br />
** We can always purchase it ourselves<br />
** Kendra: I'll email Greg<br />
* Brandon: I think we should write a blog post and put it on the website.<br />
== WordPress Development & Production Promotion ==<br />
== Forums / v2dev ==<br />
=== Schedule a hack day? ===<br />
== Virtual Hosts ==<br />
== Tickets ==</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120614&diff=14919WG/OBIT/Minutes/1206142012-06-14T23:49:38Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== June 22nd Event ==<br />
* Jeremy: It's like the presentation I gave at the gathering, but a whole event focused on that technology.<br />
* Kendra: It will probably wind up being a debate on electoral politics.<br />
* Brandon: What left do we have to do to make this happen?<br />
** Kendra: I already made reservations for e5. There's a draft of a press release, which I'll incorporate some edits and then send it out.<br />
** Eden: I can put it on the calendar.<br />
* Jeremy: The structure I was thinking was an initial meet & greet around some kind of food. I'm going to tweak the presentation I gave and give that again, then I'm going to show some things like ALEC to show what we're up against. <br />
** The next part will be conversations, and maybe we should break people up and do something lightly facilitated.<br />
** Open Space<br />
*** The open space should have a theme, like "technology and democratic inclusion"<br />
* Jeremy: I can purchase materials beforehand.<br />
* Eden: Is your goal to get people to use your web tool?<br />
** Jeremy: My goal is to create a tool that people want to use.<br />
* Proposed Schedule<br />
** 15 Min Meet & Greet<br />
** 30 Min Presentation<br />
** 15 Questions<br />
** 5 Minutes Open Space Introduction<br />
* [Kendra reads the press release]<br />
<br />
== WordPress Development & Production Promotion ==<br />
== Forums / v2dev ==<br />
== Tickets ==</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120614&diff=14918WG/OBIT/Minutes/1206142012-06-14T23:42:51Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== June 22nd Event == * Jeremy: It's like the presentation I gave at the gathering, but a whole event focused on that technology. * Kendra: It will probably wind up being a debat..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== June 22nd Event ==<br />
* Jeremy: It's like the presentation I gave at the gathering, but a whole event focused on that technology.<br />
* Kendra: It will probably wind up being a debate on electoral politics.<br />
* Brandon: What left do we have to do to make this happen?<br />
** Kendra: I already made reservations for e5. There's a draft of a press release, which I'll incorporate some edits and then send it out.<br />
** Eden: I can put it on the calendar.<br />
* Jeremy: The structure I was thinking was an initial meet & greet around some kind of food. I'm going to tweak the presentation I gave and give that again, then I'm going to show some things like ALEC to show what we're up against. <br />
** The next part will be conversations, and maybe we should break people up and do something lightly facilitated.<br />
** Open Space<br />
*** The open space should have a theme, like "technology and democratic inclusion"<br />
* Jeremy: I can purchase materials beforehand.<br />
* Eden: Is your goal to get people to use your web tool?<br />
** Jeremy: My goal is to create a tool that people want to use.<br />
* Proposed Schedule<br />
** 15 Min Meet & Greet<br />
** 30 Min Presentation<br />
** 15 Questions<br />
** 5 Minutes Open Space Introduction<br />
<br />
== WordPress Development & Production Promotion ==<br />
== Forums / v2dev ==<br />
== Tickets ==</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14917WG/OBIT2012-06-14T23:19:30Z<p>Brandon: /* 2012 */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
* January 18 (OBIT/Media)<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120506 | May 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120513 | May 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120520 | May 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120530 | May 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120610 | Jun 10]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120614 | June 22]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Creating_A_Develpment_Environment_for_groups_version_2 | Creating a groups.occupyboston.org (v2) Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/radio/min-jun-04-2012&diff=14673WG/radio/min-jun-04-20122012-06-05T01:28:46Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Introductions == * Eden: I'm from FSU, and am interested in recording a show off-site (perhaps live too) and sending those in. I'm also the contact for Diamond Dave in San Fr..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Introductions ==<br />
* Eden: I'm from FSU, and am interested in recording a show off-site (perhaps live too) and sending those in. I'm also the contact for Diamond Dave in San Fransisco who is interested in syndication.<br />
* David: I host the FSU show on Wednesday nights, and am slowly developing rudimentary producer skills.<br />
* Linda: I create the show "The Bridge" with Janet which is on Friday. I'm one of the people who pushed for this meeting because I'm frustrated with how we're doing meetings.<br />
* Bob: I do Veterans for Peace and numerous other things.<br />
* Carlos: I want to produce an hour long show each week.<br />
* Patrick: We do a show "Commonwealth Casino"<br />
* Raymond: I do the "Aggregated Occupier" each Friday and 2, and would like to help with more production.<br />
* Sarah: I do lots of things. I love this! It's too much for me to do myself.<br />
* Michael: I've been facilitating OB GA, and my favorite GA was the one where OBR got $2,000. It got me to rethink about getting involved in radio, so I came to find out what was going on.<br />
* Kendra: I've been doing some citizen's journalism, I have a show on Friday about civil liberties issues.<br />
* Brandon: I do tech things.<br />
<br />
== Where we are right now ==<br />
* A producer is:<br />
** Because we had some people who didn't want to get involved in tech stuff.<br />
** We also discovered that doing all the tech stuff by yourself, live, can be very difficult, particularly if you want to play clips, take call-ins, etc.<br />
* Can you go through, just simply, where we're at and what we've been doing generally? The different components that lead us to get on the air.<br />
** Sarah: I can talk about what I actually know.<br />
*** We operate fully and completely using a tool called BUTT. When we had set up BUTT, I think the idea was that it was a temporary things, or at least a component. BUTT was never supposed to be our end all, or everything, but it's become that. The issue with BUTT is that when butt is not playing, we're playing our loop, which is a bunch of really old audio. It was great in the beginning, but at the present moment we're running thirteen shows a week. That means that BUTT doesn't really serve our purposes any more. Most of our shows broadcast from the studio (a particular expection is Caulkthewagon which broadcasts from Matt's house). The loop is a problem, that pretty much everybody hates. What we decided a while ago that we'd create a local playlist here on the studio computer.<br />
*** I feel like a lot of userstand the frustrations and problems from the email list and I'd like to work on what can work.<br />
*** Raymond: I'm going to give a demonstration about how everybody has the ability to do this. Here's my radio station [shows on computer]. Here's a schedule, and here's a list of all the shows, and each have a playlist, archive, and blog. The question is how does it work? We work with a company call museter.com. It shows what's played recently, number of listeners, other technical stuff. They give people who run stations 5 GB of storage for whatever audio they want. So when we're not running the schedule, it runs a playlist of reruns. During the weekend when there's a schedule I run the station from my house, I use this program called macampx, which is basically like an empty playlist. If I plug in a microphone I can use this program to connect to museter and talk live, and mix that with recorded files if that's what we want. It costs $25/mo.<br />
*** Let's talk money for a second, we have $80/mo coming into our accounts pretty reliabely. We're good on rent to July, and we have $690 in our account.<br />
*** What about podcasting?<br />
**** That's different. There are a couple solutions floating around like archive.org. I'm going to set up an account for FSU there and experiment with it.<br />
**** Brandon has a WIP for this as well.<br />
*** Whether we choose to move to museter or airtime pro or whatever, I am concerned with the logistics of a rollout to a new system. And I'm particularly worried about it if brandon is saying he's going to no help us anymore.<br />
**** Brandon: I'm not going to drop off the face of earth, I'm just going to now want to maintain museter specifically*** Whether we choose to move to museter or airtime pro or whatever, I am concerned with the logistics of a rollout to a new system. And I'm particularly worried about it if brandon is saying he's going to no help us anymore.<br />
**** Brandon: I'm not going to drop off the face of earth, I'm just going to now want to maintain museter specifically.<br />
*** What we have right now doesn't work right, whether it's something that we have to pay for or not, as long as we're ok moving forward, and that it's ok moving forward to a system that works.<br />
*** POI: I just wanted to point out that we use things like Google Voice & Calendar which aren't open source.<br />
<br />
== Our next steps ==<br />
* We help a vote on migrating to the museter service. It passed, so now we've got to pick a weekend to do the migration.<br />
* Brandon: I suspect the migration will take these steps: 1) pay for the service, 2) upload files, 3) reconfigure butt, 4) we're good to go.<br />
* Sarah: maybe we should do it the weekend after next.<br />
* Alex: I'd really like to get this process started asap, even the first playlist was only five shows or whatever.<br />
* Maybe we should have a teach-in so people can learn to use museter.<br />
** Raymond: I'd like to volunteer to do some of that stuff.<br />
* Brandon: I suggest we buy in asap and start getting content uploaded & people trained, but not move over for a couple weeks.<br />
* Brandon: I'm also slightly converned with IT security of sharing usernames/password.<br />
** A solution for this might be to have a personal relationship with the people who run the service.<br />
* Raymond is going to email Dennis from Museter and ask a couple questions, then we'll ask Greg to make the purchase.<br />
<br />
== What the deal is with our server ==<br />
<br />
== Computer from logistics ==<br />
<br />
== Equipment bank ==<br />
<br />
== Regular skills training ==</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/radio&diff=14672WG/radio2012-06-05T01:28:25Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Welcome ==<br />
<br />
Welcome to Occupy Boston Radio's home on the wiki!<br />
<br />
The Radio WG is striving to produce great programming all about Occupy Boston and the whole Occupy movement.<br />
<br />
If you are interested in joining, send mail to [mailto:radio@occupyboston.org radio@occupyboston.org] to get added to our mailing list.<br />
<br />
Please visit the [http://obr.fm OB Radio player] to listen.<br />
<br />
== Info ==<br />
<br />
Mailing list: radio@lists.occupyboston.org Groups page: [http://groups.occupyboston.org/wg/radio http://groups.occupyboston.org/wg/radio]<br />
<br />
OBR Phone for calling in: 617-50MY-RAD<br />
<br />
[http://twitter.com/OccupyBosRadio Twitter]<br />
<br />
[https://www.facebook.com/pages/Occupy-Boston-Radio/252192604847461?sk=info Facebook]<br />
<br />
== Shows ==<br />
<br />
OBR News<br />
<br />
== Submissions ==<br />
<br />
Formats Accepted: MP3 w/44,000Hz, 192kbps<br />
<br />
Please send all inquiries to&nbsp;<span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-family: monospace; white-space: pre-wrap;">[mailto:radio-submissions@occupyboston.org radio-submissions@occupyboston.org]</span><br />
<br />
== Meeting Minutes ==<br />
<br />
[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/WG/radioprogramworkshop12.13.11 OBR Program Workshop - December 13, 2011]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radiomeeting1 9]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-jan-13-2011|January 13, 2011]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radiomeeting01.16.12|January 16, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-jan-20-2012|January 20, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-feb-06-2012|February 06, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-feb-10-2012|February 10, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-feb-13-2012|February 13, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-feb-17-2012|February 17, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-mar-22-2012|March 22, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-mar-29-2012|March 29, 2012]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/min-jun-04-2012|June 04, 2012]]<br />
<br />
== Documentation ==<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/Broadcasting from a Computer|How to broadcast with BUTT]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/Mac Broadcasting|How to broadcast from a mac]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Configuring Ices2]]<br />
<br />
[[WG/radio/Airtime Customization|Airtime Customizations]]<br />
<br />
[[Multi-usb mic/jackd/liquidsoap setup|Configuring Liquidsoap (Outdated)]]<br />
<br />
== OBR Updates ==<br />
<br />
<br/>We have a Studio!<br/><br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|Radio]] <br/></div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120520&diff=14593WG/OBIT/Minutes/1205202012-05-20T19:50:43Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Agenda ==<br />
* What to do with media lists?<br />
** media-discuss<br />
** media-inquiries<br />
* Everyone-submit list<br />
* CISPA<br />
<br />
== Media Lists ==<br />
* brandon sent an email out to community_forum announcing the creation of the two lists.<br />
* Once people get on media-inquiries, we'll have to change the links on the website to go to that list.<br />
<br />
== Everyone-submit ==<br />
* brandon created this list and added the people who have previously said they'd be interested in helping with this.<br />
* We'll have to put a link or form up somewhere so that people know to send emails here.<br />
* brandon will send an email to community_forum announcing the existence of this list.<br />
<br />
== CISPA ==<br />
* https://pad.riseup.net/p/TeklQmINc21J<br />
* Some of us have concerns with the third section and whether or not its necessary and whether or not it's the right approach.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120520&diff=14592WG/OBIT/Minutes/1205202012-05-20T19:30:14Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Agenda == * What to do with media lists? ** media-discuss ** media-inquiries * Everyone-submit list * CISPA"</p>
<hr />
<div>== Agenda ==<br />
* What to do with media lists?<br />
** media-discuss<br />
** media-inquiries<br />
* Everyone-submit list<br />
* CISPA</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14591WG/OBIT2012-05-20T19:22:29Z<p>Brandon: /* 2012 */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
* January 18 (OBIT/Media)<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120506 | May 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120513 | May 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120520 | May 20]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Creating_A_Develpment_Environment_for_groups_version_2 | Creating a groups.occupyboston.org (v2) Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120506&diff=14435WG/OBIT/Minutes/1205062012-05-07T00:41:27Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Proposed Agenda == * May First * Computer for Radio * New Media lists * Everybody list * Community Forum Email List * Review of Tickets ** Keep in mind media re-org * Groups *..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* May First<br />
* Computer for Radio<br />
* New Media lists<br />
* Everybody list<br />
* Community Forum Email List<br />
* Review of Tickets<br />
** Keep in mind media re-org<br />
* Groups<br />
* Transfer Domain<br />
<br />
== Occupy Arlington ==<br />
* MLs on riseup (no more Google Groups)<br />
* Website will be moving to May First<br />
<br />
== May First ==<br />
* The server was returned.<br />
<br />
== Computer for Radio ==<br />
* We can turn one of the computers over to OBR for use in their studio.<br />
* Brandon will talk with Rene about getting it to e5.<br />
<br />
== New Media Lists ==<br />
* Report back from last post-media meeting.<br />
* Media Bubbles: Livestream, blogging, twitter, facebook, cel.ly<br />
* What do we do with the 'media contact thing' on the website?<br />
* We should create a media-discuss and media-inquiry list<br />
<br />
== Everybody List ==<br />
* Logistics (Rene) is on board, as well as Anna from safer spaces, as well as Matt from facil.<br />
* Inreach and Media aren't really active any longer.<br />
* Brandon can be the rep from OBIT.<br />
* Our procedure probably doesn't have to go to GA.<br />
* How do we keep the everybody list updated?<br />
** Rebuilding the list would be convenient but wouldn't let people unsubscribe <br />
** We could keep people in the list but mark them as 'no mail'<br />
** Does mailman provide hooks?<br />
** We can have a 'cache' list of email addresses<br />
* We should create everybody-request with those people listed above<br />
** Brandon will do this<br />
* Those folks on everybody-request should have permissions to post messages to the actual everybody list<br />
<br />
== Tickets ==<br />
* #73: Varnish is serving cached copies of the mobile site.<br />
** We can probably move to a mobile subdomain (m.occupyboston.org). This also allows us to turn off user agent detection.<br />
** We'll temporarily turn off the mobile plugin until the issue is resolved.<br />
* #75: Top menu bar is broken<br />
** We can't reproduce it, so we're going to deprioritize this ticket.<br />
* #16: Wordpress User Management<br />
** The user permissions editor has been installed and we can deal with permissioning problems as they arise.<br />
* #17: Installing plugins from wordpress UI should be disabled.<br />
** We'll leave this open until it's been verified to be take care of.<br />
* #70: Cannot preview posts on wordpress<br />
** Problem with varnish, this has been fixed<br />
* #76: Tighten mediawiki caption using Asirra<br />
** We haven't had wiki spam in over a week, so changing this to feature request rather than bug.<br />
** Upgrading to a more recent version of media wiki is a good idea. Should create another ticket for that.<br />
* #52: Featured Action Bit for Wordpress<br />
** Deprioritizing for now because of media dissolution<br />
* #42: Dev environment for wordpress<br />
** Ross & Steve will work on this<br />
* #44: Fix mobile wordpress site<br />
** We'll close #73 and superceed it with #44<br />
* #28: Livestream Aggregation:<br />
** Wishlist<br />
* #43: Ridiculous Share Plugins<br />
** brandon will take this<br />
* #69: info@occupyboston.org<br />
** worksforme: we're not responsible for forming groups to take care of info emails<br />
* #77: other info@occupyboston.org<br />
** wontfix: because the email goes to a single individual we're not going to publish it on the blog as info for all ob.<br />
* #58: trac captcha doesn't work<br />
** closed since we now require authentication to open new tickets<br />
* #65: enable comments on GA page on wordpress<br />
** pinged Matt H. on this.<br />
<br />
== Groups ==<br />
* What's the current state of development?<br />
** Stalled.<br />
* Lot's of pressure to get CSS change committed to make it pretty.<br />
** Ross has done a lot of CSS work for Drupal 6, let's convert that to play nice with Drupal 7.<br />
*** Dana can talk with Ross about that.<br />
* Randy suggests having a design competition.<br />
<br />
== Transfer Domain ==<br />
* brandon will ask lefty to contact Jason and get the domain transferred to us.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14434WG/OBIT2012-05-06T22:55:59Z<p>Brandon: /* 2012 */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110118 | January 18 (OBIT/Media)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120506 | May 6]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Creating_A_Develpment_Environment_for_groups_version_2 | Creating a groups.occupyboston.org (v2) Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Thu_May_03_2012&diff=14410GA Minutes Thu May 03 20122012-05-04T21:34:44Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Working group announcements == * Ridgely: There's a teach-in coming up a week from saturday during GA about Wall St. * FAWG: Just a reminder for everybody that they should com..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Working group announcements ==<br />
* Ridgely: There's a teach-in coming up a week from saturday during GA about Wall St.<br />
* FAWG: Just a reminder for everybody that they should come to the "community decision making day" which is a follow up to the conversation we had a Camp Charlie. We're going to present back what happened there and we're going to hopefully make some decisions. Maybe cookies. May 6th, 1-4 Hope Church in JP near Green St. If Wake-up the Earth is rained out on Saturday we might reschedule.<br />
** CC: Is what you decide coming back to GA?<br />
** A: Yes.<br />
* Safer Spaces: We don't have a meeting on Sat, and I don't know when the next one will be. A couple people want to move it to a different day, so we're taking suggestions. We have a couple other projects going on, so stay tuned.<br />
* Climate Action: We're having an event at Bedford on May 5 at 11am. Part of the connect-the-dots campaign. It's a walking tour of a cemetary which is on the nation historic register. Also on May 5, 2PM is a large twister game at the bandstand on the common. There will be a forum about the links between BoA and Climate Change, "The Real Cost of Coal" Sat. in Sudbury at the Memorial Cong. Church, and Sun, at 3PM at the UU in Cambridge (3 Church St.). Climate Action is co-hosting the community gathering on Monday at St. Pauls at 6:00.<br />
* Radio: We have twelve programs that are Occupy produced coming out of the studio. Check out the website at obr.fm. Also, there have been some issues at e5, so I justed wanted to read a note. The door has been locked recently and they wanted to explain their position, because they really do love Occupy. "At e5 we are adamant about our support for rising movements... As a result of the recent upsurge in activity and foot-traffic, e5 has encountered several abuses. Responsibility is hard to pinpoint. The abuses include: disrupting the computer lab, eating in the lab, printing excessive documents, leaving trash behind. Sleeping in the common area, loud during quiet hours, leaving trash in common errors, using resident's offices and phones, overusing toilets, flushing paper towels, causing overflows, hanging out, theft, and individuals attempting to remain after closing hours. We ask everyone to respect the space by reserving meeting times on the e5 websites, keep your voices down, do not leave trash, food, or belongings in the common areas. There cannot be no overnight stays in the building, this behavior risks our tennency as a whole. (This is the most important). Leave the space as you found it." (Abridged) The computer lab in e5 is currently closed temporarily and the door will be locked. If you need to get in please get in touch with a resident (Like Radio or ex-Media). <br />
* Chess: Chess takes place Monday at 4PM on the schedule. If anybody wants to play wiffle ball get in touch with me.<br />
<br />
== Individ. Announcements ==<br />
* Matt: The MFA guards had a meeting Tuesday. Tomorrow is an event at the MFA, and people supporting the guards would like to do something there. We can get tickets to get people into the museum, get in touch with me if you want to do that. mh@occupyboston.org. I don't have details yet, but it will be sometime tomorrow evening. Also, I was going to put up a poll on the website asking about GA dates, which days work best with everybody. My proposal that we cancel two GAs will probably come back Tuesday night in a modified form and it would be good to have some kind of poll data.<br />
* Bil: I'm going to be turning another year older on Wed, and I've rented the Out of the Blue art gallery to have an Occupy the book release party. I'd love it if everybody could come on Wed.<br />
* David: On Sat, earth day, I want to encourage people to go to egleston square in front of the YMCA so we can march with the POC. Get ready to dance. 10AM. 3134 Washington St, JP. <br />
* Anna: We are organizing the first ever action debrief, coming up as part of Monday's community gathering (7PM). We'll be debriefing on May 1 and Camp Charlie. We really need facilitation, probably somebody with experience. So if anybody knows somebody who might be interested please let me know.<br />
<br />
== Thankful Thursday ==<br />
* Patrick: for the feeling of excitement I get at Occupy.<br />
* Anna: that people show up for small and big GAs, and summer.<br />
* Linda: for the lentil soup and the food that always appear at GA.<br />
* Justin: I love olives, and I'm thankful they exist.<br />
* Ethan: I am newly aware of the challenges that people face with underemployment and unemployment and am thankful for new gainful employment, unicorns.<br />
<br />
== Proposals ==<br />
=== Consent Bucket ===<br />
* All new proposals start out as items in the consent bucket. They can be passed as a group of items. If anybody wants to discuss them further they will be pulled out of the bucket and go throught the whole process.<br />
* We'll read the proposal first, if anybody has reservations they'll be removed from the bucket.<br />
* Occupy JP: Reembursing me and Joe for money we spent on art supplies, ink, etc. Recepeits attached. $345.67 total.<br />
** CC: Is it for OJP or Wake up the Earth?<br />
** A: Wake up the Earth<br />
** CC: What is it?<br />
** A: balloon animals, hats, etc.<br />
* Occupy JP/Decolonize: We propose that $1k be set aside for working group photocopying to be accessed on a first come first serve basis. Any WG that would like to access this funds contact FAWG.<br />
** I want this to discuss this one.<br />
* Ethan: This is a discussion proposal. An agenda should be planned for the 5 May assembly for Wake up the Earth.<br />
* Daniel: This is a discussion proposal. What is the relationship between the GA and OB as a whole.<br />
* Linda: To refund the mutal aid-fund with the amount of $300 for T passes.<br />
** CC: Linda, are you offering to manage that money?<br />
** A: no.<br />
** CC: are these T passes often?<br />
** A: this is for future funding. people have been seeking them.<br />
** POI: this would be the fourth time there's been a MAWG proposal.<br />
** CC: How will people get access to the money,or the passes?<br />
** A: I think the way it's been done is to approach FAWG.<br />
** POI: The people managing the MAWG fund have been approaching FAWG, but then the MAWG people hand it out and buy passes.<br />
* Gregg: To spend $60 to pay the Harriet Tubman house for the meeting that happened there last night.<br />
<br />
* The JP Reembursement, the MAWG, and the $60 for Harriet Tubman house remain in the bucket.<br />
** The MAWG proposal has been removed for discussion.<br />
* The OJP Reembursement and the $60 for Harriet Tubman house pass.<br />
<br />
=== Ordering the remaining proposals ===<br />
* There is one rollover proposal that we will start with. A discussion on goals and objectives of us as a movements. On the original proposer's suggestion we're going to throw this discussion into the regular stack.<br />
* POP: One of the discussions is time sensitive.<br />
* The proposals will proceed in the following order:<br />
** Wake up the Earth<br />
** Relationship of the GA to OB<br />
** Mutal Aid<br />
** The goals and objectives of the movement<br />
** Photocopying<br />
<br />
=== Wake up the Earth Agenda ===<br />
* This is a discussion proposal.<br />
* Ethan: Aria, Joe, and Ethan here representing OJP. Seeing that OB has passed a proposal to have Saturday May 5's GA at WotE we would like to plan the gathering around three large agenda items 1. Introduction/update to Occupy 2. Ideas discussion 3. Action planning/mini SAA. These items should be subdivided by this discussion, and for the discussion to help craft closing comments, actions and announcements.<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: I'm confused about what the categories mean.<br />
** A: we imagined that the GA on Sat would be broking into three parts, one to introduce the GA to the public, introduce the proccess, etc. The second part would be an ideas discussion, and the third would be action planning. We don't have specifics of those because we want to leave that up to this discussion. So what I think is going to happen that night is there's going to be 200 "basically uninitaiated", but very curious and eager people there. I thought it would be good if the first part could help fill those people in. Then, I think there are two kinds of people, those who want to talk about ideas and theories in small idea, and those who want to talk about actions. So maybe there'd be a middle part with breakout to talk about idea, then an action part.<br />
* CC: So there wouldn't be any proposals discussed?<br />
** A: I think there could be. I think that's what this discussion should flesh out. <br />
** A: If there were going to be proposals I would think they should be in that first, kind of businessy section.<br />
* Facil: The point of this discussion process is that points don't come to GAs fleshed out already, in the small groups you're going to try to come up with solutions to some of the broad topics brought up.<br />
* Joe: We're hoping that this will be one of the first GAs in a while with a lot of new folks. We'd like to make it a really interesting and engaging and good GA, so they'll say I want to go to some more.<br />
==== Small Group Discussions ====<br />
* Facil: We're going to break out into small groups, probably no more than five. The groups should be coming up with a proposed solution to the discussion, so perhaps you'd map out how the day should look for WotE. We also encourage facil and note takers in every group so we can't report back any significant discussions. If any of the groups think they've come up with a solution before the time is up, come find up (facil). Groups should read back the notes and make sure that the notes are good and representative so the report back doesn't leave anything out or misrepresent anything. <br />
* CC: how much time will we have?<br />
** A: The GA decides on the time. Let's start with 15 minutes, we can add more.<br />
==== Report Backs ====<br />
* We had concerns about over planning. We also talked about continuing the theme of the jubilance of signing and marching and dancing and not saying "shit's all fucked up". One of the things that would help carry the theme over would be to have ice cream or something lighthearted like cupcakes (but mostly icecream). Ice cream was our big idea.<br />
* We had a number of discussions. We consensed on 6 issues/action items. The actions that we wanted to discuss were the MFA guards, the keep immigrants together rally on the 6th of May, and the BoA protests on the 9th. The three discussion issues we talked about would be a discussion on immigrant issues. David has some contacts who might be able to come talk. The general topic of what we as OB have as issues. Finally, what can OB do for you, JP? <br />
* We didn't have full consensus on every issue. Generally starting with the GA at 5pm in 3 sections. 1. Introductions, report backs from WGs and groups from the JP community. 2. Open ideas and values based discussion of some kind, but we were split 50/50 on whether we should have a focused discussion on a specific theme, or have a totally open discussion. 3. An action session where we meet and plan specific direct actions that could happen as soon as possible in an SAA type manner.<br />
<br />
==== Whole GA Discussion ====<br />
* Facil: Does anybody have something that they would like to propose for something they'd like to happen at this assembly.<br />
* There was a lot of overlap between the groups, at least what I heard. One large cluster of issues was related of what Occupy might mean to the people of JP, and the other was related to immigrant related issues, and we can have two things, we don't have to choose between them.<br />
* I think it wasn't quite what it (Occupy) means to JP, but what they'd like to see us do in the community.<br />
* Facil: Is anybody opposed to this happening on Sat?<br />
** Maybe instead of what can we do for JP, what would JP like for us to discuss with them? <br />
** Maybe a good way to word it would be, what does JP want to see from Occupy.<br />
* Facil: it seems like we have consensus, how about we do those things on Sat.<br />
* If ice cream were something we wanted, we could flesh out that, and potentially other donations. We have potential donations for ice cream.<br />
* Bringing Ice Cream might be a logistical challenge, so if we do it I want to make sure we have people who can commit to it.<br />
* As the person who talked about ice cream, I would like to make ice cream an autonomous direct action<br />
* We can also make ziplock bags, milk, ice, and salt, and shake it up and make ice cream.<br />
* Facil: what do folks think about the original idea to have an intro section to the GA?<br />
** We talked about having report backs about stuff that's been going on in OB and stuff that's been happening in JP.<br />
** Would that be announcements?<br />
** No, there's a distinction between announcements and report backs.<br />
** I'd like to propose that we do both.<br />
** We could invite any WG that wants to, could you give us a minute or two about what you've been up to.<br />
** I really like the idea of having like 5 minutes, what we've been doing recently, and then announcements at the end. I'm not sure we want a section of 40 minutes of announcements.<br />
** CC: Would we have people assigned in advanced to do those report backs?<br />
** I'd like to maybe second that thought that it shouldn't be passive information. I like the popcorn style. Maybe it could be a two minute popcorn stack, and we can make it known beforehand. <br />
** CC: What does popcorn mean?<br />
*** A: I talk, you talk, they talk, talk here, it's like popcorn jumping around in a cooker. Anybody can talk right after eachother. Talking without calling on people.<br />
** I think people aren't going to know what we've been doing, so I don't think it's going to be good enough to just say a few works.<br />
** There should be pictures. Can we put together a panorama of pictures and videos?<br />
** There's going to be a couple info tables there for OB to make use of. <br />
** Facil: I'm not hearing any concerns about having a section for announcements and report backs<br />
*** I have a concern: I think it's a really good idea to engage people right away, and just talking at them is not a good way to do that. If we do it let's have it at the end. They're going to want to discuss stuff with us, and I want to discuss stuff with them.<br />
*** I agree that I want people to engage us as quickly as possible. But I do think it's also important for us to dispell any myths about us that might exist. I think having an announcement section makes us look more legitimate. I think there should be some interplay there, a lot of the time our announcements last really like. <br />
*** I'd rather show people we're an active movement by show people, not by talking at them.<br />
*** There's already going to be an occupy table with lit on it, we can have it setup during GA as 'go look at this to know what we're up to', but I also agree that we should have some brief consice thing where we show folks what a GA might look like.<br />
*** I agree it's not just occupy boston, it's all of the 99%<br />
*** How about we give announcements/reportbacks 15/20minutes? In the beginning of the assembly.<br />
*** Facil: are there any objects to that?<br />
*** Yup.<br />
* It seems like a no brainer but since we are having a GA, what are we going to do about Facil.? I would like there to be two, and for them to not be from the usual people.<br />
* Can we do it by, like a diversity quorum thing like NY does? They have one person, like a woman or a non-cis person and then one person of color.<br />
** CC: Were you saying that both facilitators should fall into that category or just one?<br />
** A: Just one.<br />
* I just want to say like whoa, you were talking about gender identity and sexual identity and those are not the same. I think that suggestion is something to aspire to, but I kind of think that's a goal that we can't consistently fulfill. Perhaps this one time, but not on a regular basis. That does feel good, but we have work to do before we can do that.<br />
* My understanding was that this wasn't a general thing, but just for Saturday. David said he's also help with doing some translation into spanish.<br />
* Facil: temp check on having two facilitators at GA, whatever they look like?<br />
** [seems positive]<br />
** Can we have facilitators take turns?<br />
** CC: Are we going to have regular proposals?<br />
*** We haven't consented to anything like that yet.<br />
*** we could have more facil. if we're doing small group break-outs and such.<br />
* I think maybe the most conducive way these discussions can take place, so I'd like to suggest we use the format of breaking into small groups after the introduction of these topics.<br />
* I wonder if we could have one discussion and then the next one, rather than saying let's talk about JP or immigration.<br />
* Suggestion for topic: now we can make the 99%'s voice more heard. I think that's really really general, and it's something that we should actually have the conversation about, and we haven't in a while. It will also get new voices in on that conversation.<br />
** That's a broad topic, but not too broad that it gets meta or heavy. It's something that we can engage in.<br />
** Facil. temp check on adding that to the discussion.<br />
*** [positive]<br />
* We might have to have an open space for the people there to put things onto the agenda. Perhaps open space technology.<br />
* I like open space technology, but I also think we should have individual stack between the things, and encourage people who have not spoken before speak.<br />
* Can we encourage progressive stack and limit to one minute, and maybe give a prompt like "talk about something that you care about or something that makes you happy".<br />
* Facil. temp check on including 1min progressive stack<br />
** I would advocate no prompt<br />
** People arent' going to have any context for "get on individual stack", so if we say "talk about something you care about" or just something to make sure people don't think they have nothing to say.<br />
** How many people are we going to allow? Five minutes between everything?<br />
** Facil. temp check?<br />
*** [seems positive]<br />
* Can I propose 30 minutes for each discussion topic and each action thing.<br />
* We haven't consented on having an action planning thing.<br />
* Before somebody mentioned there might be actions happening that evening, so maybe we should have the three discussion things then one action thing at the end.<br />
** I thought we were going to do this SAA style, and they could all be happening at the same time and people could vote with their feet on which one they want to.<br />
*** Yeah, that's what I mean for the actions<br />
* Facil. can we get a temp check on having an SAA style thing<br />
** [positive]<br />
* Can we make the discussion topics maybe 20 minutes, instead of 30 minutes, because we're already looking at two hours before planning any actions.<br />
* I thought we would have action discussions with the relevant discussion topics.<br />
** That's not the SAA style.<br />
** Maybe we could break the action part up into parts<br />
*** That seems a little arduous to me.<br />
** I think we need to reconsider having parallel discussions and encouraging people to move between them in the interest of time.<br />
** Maybe we can consolidate some of the discussion topics, the 99% topic and the JP topic.<br />
** Facil. temp check on consolidating those items and having two discussions.<br />
* Did we resolve how the action part is going to go?<br />
** My strong feeling on this is that too many options is confusing and we spend a lot more time going in circles. I think we're better off by saying "here's the things we'd like to discuss"<br />
** Inclusivity can be found in individual stack, and being present in the discussions.<br />
** We should run the action section like an SAA style, no preset list of action, but have people there with ideas.<br />
*** Facil. Temp check on that<br />
**** [positive]<br />
*** Do we need different facil. for that?<br />
** I think the way SAA typically ends might not be ideal for this situation because we usually know we're going to see eachother again.<br />
*** Yes, and we need somebody to encourage people to maybe take emails and follow up.<br />
* CC: Do we have any email lists which aren't awful? Maybe community forum? A new list?<br />
** A: Community forum is fine.<br />
* If there isn't an action that people can go off to at the end we should have a closing thing<br />
** What about "what are you thankful for" closing stack<br />
** Something drum-circly, musical, dancy. Something like that. Were we can have a few minutes were people talk about their experience in that space.<br />
* Facil. POI: It's been two hours. Maybe we want to focus on formalizing it, so we can come to consensus.<br />
** I say we close with a 4 minute open stack for about how people felt in that space.<br />
*** I think people will use that space to hash out arguments<br />
** We should end with an action happening.<br />
** We could end with a dance.<br />
** We could end with a march around JP.<br />
*** A march should be contingent on numbers and enthusiasm for a march.<br />
** We're going to have a couple of floats. There's a site on s. huntington ave were we could take the floats and leave them, so we could have some kind of procession down there.<br />
** Drum circle under the big full moon!<br />
** I think we should just end it and it will be OK.<br />
** We should just end it, then individuals can autonomously propose actions and things.<br />
** Facil. temp check on ending after the action assembly, and maybe autonomous things<br />
*** [positive]<br />
* So we're going to spread the individual stack thing out between other things? Announcements, indiv., discussion, individ. etc.<br />
** temp check positive.<br />
* I think myself (B) and David would like to facil.<br />
** [positive]<br />
<br />
==== Consensus ====<br />
* (using the new process method)<br />
* The agenda passes<br />
<br />
== Individual Stack ==<br />
* Ethan: I want to thank everybody for participating in this process, I know it can be very arduous. This chocolate is really good. I might call for quorum.<br />
<br />
== Quorum ==<br />
* No quorum!<br />
<br />
== Individual Stack ==<br />
* Joe: On 2 June, Sat, the Mass Democratic Party is having a convention in Springfield, we could go mess with them and have an encampment outside.<br />
* David: Group hug!</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes&diff=14409GA/Minutes2012-05-04T21:34:04Z<p>Brandon: /* May 2012 */</p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTOC__<br />
Here is an archive of all General Assemblies held by Occupy Boston. Scroll to view all, or sort by month.<br />
<br />
'''2011'''<br />
<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Sept2011|September]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Oct2011|October]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Nov2011|November]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Dec2011|December]]<br />
<br />
'''2012'''<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Jan2012|January]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Feb2012|February]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Mar2012|March]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/Apr2012|April]]<br />
*[[GA/Minutes/May2012|May]]<br />
<br />
''[Note: we are missing General Assembly minutes for at least all the dates in black below! For details on how to fill the gaps, check out [http://occupyboston.wikispaces.com/message/view/GA+Minutes/44557288 this discussion].]''<br />
<br />
''Learn about the [[General Assembly]]''<br/>''Have minutes to share? Please see our [[GA/Minutes/Guidelines|Upload Guidelines]]''<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/May2012|May 2012]] ==<br />
===[[GA_Minutes_Thu_May_03_2012|Week ?? - Thu May 03]] ===<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/May2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Apr2012|April 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Apr2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Mar2012|March 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Mar2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Feb2012|February 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Feb2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Jan2012|January 2012]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Jan2012}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Dec2011|December 2011]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Dec2011}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Nov2011|November 2011]]<br/> ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Nov2011}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Oct2011|October 2011]] ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Oct2011}}<br />
<br />
== [[GA/Minutes/Sept2011|September 2011]] ==<br />
<br />
{{:GA/Minutes/Sept2011}}</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/Media/Minutes/04252012&diff=14226WG/Media/Minutes/042520122012-04-26T05:12:14Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>= Occupy Boston Media Restructuring Meeting =<br />
'''These are the notes from the Occupy Boston Media Restructuring Meeting which took place on Wednesday, April 25 2012, at 7PM in e5.'''<br />
<br />
* Chris is timekeeper<br />
* Brandon is taking notes<br />
* Patty & Eli are facilitating<br />
<br />
* Eli: This is a meeting to talk about the direction of media at Occupy Boston going forwards. This meeting came about from the so-called dissolution of the formal Media WG, which oversaw the various media 'bubbles' which managed specific media things. We'll talk more about that decision later.<br />
<br />
== Introductions ==<br />
* Eli: from media, livestream<br />
* Dan: media<br />
* Patty: facil.<br />
* Kendra: OBIT<br />
* Brandon: OBIT, radio<br />
* Bil: facil, tv<br />
* Tracy: OBIT, Radio<br />
* Sarah: Radio<br />
* Jorge: facil<br />
* Daniel: puppeteer<br />
* David: puppeteer<br />
* Jordan: new<br />
* Ariel: media<br />
* Anna: Safer Spaces<br />
* Jeff: research<br />
* Linda: FAWG<br />
* Anna: Daily Digest, inreach<br />
* Michael: facil.<br />
* Ellen: Occupy The Burbs, Occupy The Farm<br />
* Jen: Occupy MBTA<br />
* Matt: facil.<br />
* Rich: facil.<br />
* Carolyn: facil, Occupy MBTA<br />
* Angela: Anti-Oppression, facil.<br />
* Glenn: Radio<br />
* Rene: Logistics<br />
* Joshua: media<br />
* Patrick: whatever I can<br />
* Stephanie: Occupy UMB<br />
* Patrick: Radio<br />
* Deborah: Just here<br />
* Ross: OBIT<br />
* Chris: formely of food, documentation<br />
* Shane: machine<br />
* Carlos: Chess<br />
* Rachel<br />
* Matt: facil.<br />
* John: Dweyer<br />
<br />
* There's a film crew, Andrew & Cory from Vancouver doing a documentary. They've been making Occupy short films since September. Tonight would be a great opportunity for what goes on behind the scenes with new media. We've heard that tonight might be contentious, but it's the truth. Our website is occupythemovie.com. Does anybody have an object to them filming the meeting?<br />
* CC: I'm very concerned about a lot of the filming that's happened about the Occupy movement and how diverse that filming has been. How do you deal with that?<br />
** A: right now we've actually have more women than men as part of our interviewees, and this group here is a very diverse group. <br />
* Nobody objects, so the filming can proceed.<br />
* None of the film will be released for the next four or five months.<br />
<br />
== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
# Brief Introductions - 5 min<br />
# Agenda Review - 5 min<br />
# How we got here / Media WG Update - 15 min<br />
# Current Media Bubbles - 15 min<br />
# Discussion: How we will publicize OB stuff - 30 min<br />
# Discussion: How we receive press/external - 30 min<br />
# Visioning Brainstorm on future of media - 30 min<br />
# Next steps - 10 min<br />
<br />
* CC: Is there going to be a inventory of tasks that media has been doing?<br />
** Dan: I can try to do that during the current media bubbles<br />
<br />
== How we got here ==<br />
* Dan: back in the Dewey era there were a lot of occurrences of us chasing people down to find out what was happening and what we should cover. There was so much going on that there was no way we could cover everything. In the post-Dewey era we kind of started to move towards a point where we were receiving requests for media coverage. We couldn't figure out ourselves what was going on except for the big events. WGs came to us with requests. As that evolved we ended up with the forms we have on the website for media requests (blog posts, media coverage, on site coverage). What a lot of us ended up feeling after the past two or three months is that we were not in a position where we could be strategic and couldn't plan out a good media strategy, but instead were being reactive to what WGs were doing. We were publicizing what WGs were doing. We got a lot of requests that didn't make a whole lot of sense, but we still felt obligated to respond to those requests. As everybody knows, in the post-Dewey area we are operating at a decreased capacity. We were getting increased numbers of requests, but we had less and less time to deal with them. Over the last couple weeks we ended up at a point where we realized we couldn't keep working in a way that would be fair to the WGs, and we had become curators of all the media for OB. Because it seemed at times that we (and others) were unhappy with the work that the media wg was doing, we decided to dissolve the media working group. So, we decided to have this meeting to discuss how we can empower ourselves to create media, etc.<br />
* The other thing is that some of us felt that media work has become separate from the rest of OB. That media strategy should be part of the plannings for actions, etc, rather than the process being separate and having another WG write up the media.<br />
* Dana CC: Feeling like it might not be appropriate to the the curators of media and how media was in control of how OB was presented to the world, I was wondering if you had discussed alternatives, like WGs doing their own press released. WGs might not be good at copy editing and writing, those folks were in media.<br />
** Dan A: Yes we did. That's what were going to talk about tonight when we get to that part of the conversation.<br />
<br />
* Liam: There was an event at the Democracy Center in Cambridge when the OWS bus trip came here. They said we've got this huge dynamic between DA and Media and all this other stuff. The OWS said that one way they dealt with that paradigm was by creating 'actions' and affinity groups including people from broad spectrums. Tonight is all about getting back to a group who likes to work together.<br />
<br />
* Terra: The problem was that the scope of work was so broad that it became impossible to serve everybody well. Different people have different ideas about what Media is supposed to do. Unless there's a common understanding there are going to be misunderstanding. If we truly sit down and decide what this group means to everybody it's easier to achieve the mission.<br />
<br />
* Carolyn: As somebody I'm confused as somebody who didn't criticize the WG, why did you decide to dissolve and not call for help?<br />
** Rachel A: Part of it as the sense that the work wasn't being done adequately. More than that was a sense from the people doing it that it wasn't a question of just having more people to do the work: there was something structurally wrong with that. So rather flood the group with more people, we'd open it up to a community discussion.<br />
<br />
* Patrick: I'd like to know who feels it is that they can make decisions like this in a leaderless movement?<br />
** Dan A: We decided this, not by full consensus, but the vote was 7-1 to dissolve, with 3 abstentions.<br />
** Patrick: So that means there were still people who were willing to continue to work in media.<br />
** Joshua: I think that just as a matter of policy, I don't think it's good for us to be criticizing the consensus process when we weren't there and of a WG we weren't part of.<br />
** Rachel: The way that the dissolution of the media wg started was that a large group of people within media, who had been doing a large amount of work, decided that they were no longer going to do it. So rather than just leave and we're going to see what happens, that wouldn't be fair to the people who are left in the media WG meeting. So we brought it to a Media WG meeting, and took a vote about what we wanted to do. It turned out that what we wanted to do was dissolve media as it was operating. The reason we're all here now is to talk about what happens next.<br />
<br />
* Patty: We're five minutes past time on this topic, FYI.<br />
<br />
* Angela: I think you all know me well enough to know that I sometimes ask questions that are hard. I've got a bunch of them, and I'm not sure how to proceed with that. I think there are profound political implications of what's happening here right now. First of all, you all have worked your butts off, and I think that it is a sad symptom of our movement that we have not figured out how to let people know that we appreciate what you do. I would say take a bow, you've done an outstanding job. You've served us really, really well. I wish I could stop right there, so please know that what I'm about to say doesn't cancel that out. There are different kinds of WGs in this movement. Media has fit into the kind which provides some kind of resource to the movement has a whole. It can be I think, said, that you all exercised your autonomous decision making right to dissolve this WG. WGs can be formed by people who want to, and dissolved when they're done. That's my problem with autonomous action. I don't see how transparency and accountability can be found in this way of making decisions for our local Occupy movement which leaves many high and dry, but also has a tremendous impact on resources we have. You all have far greater resources than anybody else in the local Occupy movement, including equipment and monetarily. I've heard that you asked somebody to pull their private money from you, there's been certain decisions you've made about Occupy's private resources. If that's not true, I'd really love to hear it. While it's a totally justified autonomous decision, I just hate to think about the precedent that it sets, that this decision could be made privately, with such huge public impact. I support people stopping when they want to, but when they stop something that's so important to the movement, there's something that really gets me about making that an autonomous action. Don't feel like anybody has to justify what they've done, I'm just concerned about the precedents it's set.<br />
<br />
* Eli: That point about the money is definitely something we should talk about.<br />
** Dan: So people are aware, Media WG had a private donor, who was also a very active member of the WG. The money that was given to Media WG was specifically for Media work. Essentially, what we felt was best, at our Saturday meeting, when we talked about the allocation of resources, after we paid for rent for e5 for the next 3 months, we felt that because the Media WG was dissolving, and had not fulfilled the original intent that the money had been given for, that we would ask that the donor take that money.<br />
<br />
* There was a slight medical interruption, so the meeting had a short break.<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: In addition to the money, are there other assets that are part of Media WG, and have you made decisions about those?<br />
** Dan A: Are we talking about this now or later?<br />
** Angela: Can you just name them?<br />
** Rachel: There's the iMac in the bubble, there's a router, three mobile hotspots (which have been used by live, radio), three iPod touches (live), 4 battery packs (live), a lockbox at Ravi's with two microphones, there's also a couple locks in that box, the mics belonged to Farhad, and the router belongs to lefty.<br />
** Joshua: There's also two external harddrives that go with the iMac.<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: What do you mean by bubble?<br />
** Joshua A: There are several groups, maybe they're WGs, maybe they're not. Ex. the crew of people who handle FB, who handle twitter, livestream, etc.<br />
** Rachel: Some of them are independent groups, not just subgroups of Media WG. Some of them are subgroups of Media. FB, Twitter, the Blog, the Calendar, Cel.ly, the youtube account.<br />
** Joshua: These are all things that we thought of as under the umbrella of Media<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: So have there been decisions made about what to do with the assets?<br />
** Rachel A: the iMac, the HDDs and the router are in the media cubicle, and are in use. The hotspots have been in use by radio, livestream, and facilitation has expressed an interest in having some self-sufficient livestream capacity.<br />
<br />
* Justin: What seems to be the most contentious issue is that of the WGs dissolving. It seems to me that's not really an issue. The people who were working in media decided to dissolved media, so they could call this meeting and open up the process and wg. By being here, we're all kind of members of Media now. WGs are really just a time and space on a calendar.<br />
* Rene: WHat Justin said is exactly what we're going to say. A huge majority of Media decided to step back from their roles & responsibilities. It's not really dissolving, but it's effectively dissolving. Many of us are here to figure out how to get on the same page and try to work through this. The media work must continue, and we obviously need to restructure the way we work with media.<br />
<br />
* Ellen: I'm really appreciative of the media wg, but at the same time I've heard so many complaints about how things were going. Let's take this as an opportunity to restructure how we do this. The one thing I did have a problem with is giving back the money to that person as if there was not going to be another media. I think that needs to be discussed tonight. <br />
<br />
* Bil: I came to a couple media wg meetings and everything was crystal clear, we talked about the donor while he was there. I was impressed with the work people were doing. Everything I found was completely above board, I trust you folks enormously. I think we have sufficient audit capability that I'm not worried about you running away with anything. I really don't want to talk about the past, I would really like to jump into the future and say "where do we go from here".<br />
<br />
* Eli: I'm sensing a little tension in the room. I know we don't have time to finish the agenda, but I think it's important to address that tension. Do people want to continue this conversation right now, or move forward? Since I'm seeing about 50/50 how about we continue for about another 10 minutes max, and then definitely moving forward? I'm seeing mostly up, so let's go.<br />
<br />
* Carolyn CC: I would like to know if the media people who stepped back are willing to train a new set of people? Because I think there's obviously skills and a developed strategy and method of work that would be sad not to be able to benefit from all the expertise you've developed?<br />
** Liam A: From the third week on at Dewey there was a weekly media training offered. That course is kind of on paper, and that's available, I think that would be a great thing to get to all the working group. As far as getting the people who walked away to come back and do training and stuff, I think it's time to empower yourselves.<br />
** Dan: Part of the reason we're having this meeting too, is that some of us wanted to work actively to empower working groups to produce their own media. I'm happy (and I think others too) are happy to continue to do things like livestream training, as well as some functions that the media umbrella accomplished. What we're here saying is that the structure we had set up (give us some requests and will produce an output) wasn't working. What we need to be able to do is have working groups produce their own media, and for some of us to help train people, for ex to write press releases. That's not something we should have a WG doing anymore but something that the whole community should do.<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: I guess I was a little uncomfortable just leaving the money issue. I feel the way Bil does because I trust and admire the media group but I wanted to have an understanding of what the decision making process was. It seems like the money was given on the condition that the work was continuing to go forward, and without that being likely the money was given back, so I'd like a brief explanation of why that was. I'm very excited about going forward, and I'd love to see media be proactive rather than reactive. I'm also concerned with the power dynamics. I recognize with FAWG that we've recognized similar dynamics. The community is going through some positive growth there. We've outgrown some of our old forms. I like affinity groups with people who have different skill sets.<br />
** Eli A: We thought that because we, the media wg, were dissolving, and because this money was being given to the media wg for a very specific reason, the only appropriate course of action to the donor. However in doing so we knew that this money was not necessarily leaving Occupy Boston, it could be redistributed back to OB. We didn't want to leave a power vacuum of an empty WG and a lot of money.<br />
** Liam: The way that money came to the WG was that the donor wanted to fund campaigns and equipment necessary for campaigns. This is part of what we as a WG felt like we weren't doing: campaigns. Knowing that we were not fulfilling that mission it would be much more problems than it's worth to take that donation. I think our biggest worry was that there's this much money in OB, the amount of animosity that's swirled around it was shocking, so we were happy to get it out of our hands.<br />
<br />
* Rich: The point that concerns me is about the decision making process. I think the fact that once you folks decided to dissolve you decided to have these conversations publicly is a good thing. My question is, the way FAWG said "we're having a lot of problems", before we figure out what to do, should the decisions of what to do with the money, etc, be community decisions?<br />
<br />
* Chris: I understand you want to move forward, but the past is essential with the documentation that I've been working on on the wiki. I understand that media is like disposed, and it's hard to get WGs together. Nothing against the past, but the past will enlighten you on what to do better for the future.<br />
<br />
* Facil. switches from Eli to Patty.<br />
<br />
== Discussion: How do we publicize OB activities ==<br />
<br />
* Eli: In the past Media received requests for write-ups etc, to get information about requests out. But now that structure is no longer in place, how do we do that?<br />
* Kendra: I think the thing to do is thing about organizing in a way like a company, we're going to need writers, editors, different roles, etc. Part of what I saw going on is you rolled everything including marketing and public relations into one and gave everything to a few people. Identifying what people are good at and putting them into roles that they're good at. I think if we could get organized under different departments a lot of this frustration would be better managed.<br />
* Dana: I think it would be useful if we could identify crucial functions that are not currently being performed and then filling though. I don't know what the format to do that would be, but I hope it could come out of this meeting.<br />
* Liam: We identified certain bubbles that are generally thought of under media but really are different groups, like social media and the calendar.<br />
* Joshua: As I said before, calendar is one of the self sustaining bubbles, there's a calendar form on the website, if you want something on the calendar you should fill out that form.<br />
* Sarah: Can we write this down on the board?<br />
* Joshua: Many bubbles like calendar are basically self sufficient, like calendar.<br />
* Rachel: Who has the capacity at this point to add people to the calendar list?<br />
** Brandon: OBIT can do that.<br />
** Rene: OBIT has the ability to do that, but they're not the default. Farhad is the admin for a lot of those lists, he asked who wanted to be admins and nobody responded.<br />
** Joshua: The calendar request function should still be function. The only thing we don't know is who can add people to the list.<br />
** Rachel: Yes, the calendar structure still remains the same, but there has been a lot of talk, specifically within facilitation (because they have to flexible), that there should be more representatives throughout the community who have admin access to the calendar.<br />
*** I would just suggest that we take our time tonight with the things that are disappearing rather than things are just slightly changing.<br />
*** Sarah: There's a lot of vagueness when it comes to our Media and that has to stop because it makes us all sit around frustrating.<br />
<br />
* Rachel: One of the reasons there is so much vagueness is because we haven't gotten to the meat of our agenda, which was laying out the audit of all the bubbles and going through the list. So I'd like to propose that we go down that list now so we can get a clearer idea of what's going on.<br />
<br />
* Patty: I'm seeing once again that there's a lot of tension in the room and that some of the people who set this meeting up are feeling upset and are walking out and that's not good. This meeting was so that the community could come together, not so that we could separate ourselves. We also have to remember that we're all volunteers, we don't get paid. We need to remember that when we're thinking about each other. There's important information that needs to be said here, but let's not do it in the context of blaming (Dan: or interrogating). We should have a discussion as a community, not as two or three sides.<br />
<br />
* Carolyn: What I'm going to say isn't completely in the spirit of what Patty is suggesting. My biggest concern going forward is that there's an assumption that many things will just devolve to working groups. It's been a strength of media that it represented a lot of different working groups and it kept us all from having to have that full skill set. I don't think it's realistic that we're going to do all those different functions in each working group. My hope that going forward is that we'll find a way to reconstitute a new group with those skill sets who can work with WGs.<br />
<br />
* Ellen: I think as we're moving forward, I really love the idea that more of us can have access. My big frustration that I mentioned earlier was that we couldn't get anything on the blog without two weeks advanced notice. At the same time, the great thing about having the cohesive media WG is that many of us have different views, but it seemed like there was a cohesive message. If we do devolve into different WGs that our media will be confusing to the general public, if WGs are giving different messages to the public. So I'd hope if there'd be a circle of media elders who can give us guidance.<br />
<br />
* Jorge: All I wanted to say is that I think that if you do want to empower the people and empower the WGs than the working groups, and people in those groups need access. Access to the blog, web, and calendar. Somewhere down the line I guess we have to work out standards and practices. That's what I like to see going to the future. Access to the people who we want to empower, and some standards and practices.<br />
<br />
* Angela: I'd like to try to explain where I'm coming from. What I heard Sarah saying (which might not be what she meant), is that for far too long there has been far too little transparency about media. There has always been this amorphous, undefined, unamed, "who do you know is doing what". I respond to these things not because I'm trying to disrupt things, but there are political foundations, and if we take something like anti-oppression, there are ways that you do that which we're not doing here (or not all), and I'm afraid that we're going to replicate what we've already had.<br />
<br />
* Linda: I wanted to go back to Rachel's suggestion of listing the things up there, and I'd also like to know if there are folks from the former media group who have things that they'd like to do. If there are things that we've been doing that they want to continue or new things?<br />
** Eli: I want to build a movement that can transform society. That's what I want to do. I don't want to write a blog post, or live stream an event. Those are tactics that will get us to the point of social transformation. I realized what we were doing was no longer building a movement. We were just responding to requests and getting burnt out. What we really want to do is media direction action. We want do twitter bomb campaigns, guerrilla messaging, etc. We want to be part of the strategy and planning this movement. I saw the Occupy MBTA and was really excited by it but didn't have any time to get involved in it. I think that if a WG is planning an event then they are the best people to talk about that issue and campaign, and if they don't have the skills to write a blog post or press release (which, I don't think there are many WGs that don't have those skills), but I want my energy to go towards building a movement.<br />
** Dan: What he said.<br />
<br />
* Dana: Maybe it would be a good idea, given what Eli just said, maybe there should be a place to put resource pools, where we can say "I have skills with video editing, if you want some help contact me". Some way were people aren't just cows where you can come milk them for media. <br />
<br />
* Chris: I am starting a documentation working group and my specific definition of this group would not be that you have to meet at the same time at this group. To be part of the WG you just have to do the work. We need to get information out that's correct. We need stability. To reach out I think we just need people to come forward. <br />
<br />
* Ellen CC: Do you guys have energy to do workshops for us in learning some of these skills? Because if you did, that could empower all these people.<br />
** Eli: We're not leaving. As an example Gunner. During Occupy MBTA Gunner did press trainings for people in that group. People are willing to share these skills in the context in a group or a campaign. We can do general workshops but that's not effective in my experience. It's much more effect in the context of an event or campaign. Maybe a resource pool is a great idea.<br />
<br />
* Bil Point of Process: I am utterly confused as to what topic we're on. Can the facil. clarify.<br />
** Patty: We were about to start talking about the inventory of media resources, but we started to move into media direction action, so I started listing some ideas for how to accomplish that.<br />
<br />
* Eli: Those skills exist in affinity groups and WGs, and if they don't, those groups can lean on the broader community. We should figure out how to facil. that kind of thing. We should figure out what's going to be missing in the next few weeks.<br />
<br />
* Patrick: Thank god we're onto a constructive phase in this meeting, but we're running short on time, so are we OK on stretching this out into two or three meetings. <br />
* Sarah: I'd like to stress that it should be a get shit done meeting, not a therapy session meeting.<br />
* Eli: We have until 9:30.<br />
<br />
* Patty: It sounds like some people want to hear what's immediate and can't wait until another meeting. So, I'm asking the ex-media folks, is there something the group used to do that needs to be taken over immediately.<br />
* Eli: Right now we have an email address that's media@occupyboston.org, at the bottom of our website. I've been the only one monitoring that, and have just been forwarding a bunch of stuff to the community forum list. That email is receiving a lot of mail, and it needs to be taken care of.<br />
** Angela: How many hours do you think you spend on that a week?<br />
** Eli: it's not so much hours. It's not just receiving or responding, it's figuring out the best way to deal with that request. The question is how are we going to fill that hole. Is nobody going to reply? Or are seven people going to replying to the same thing.<br />
* Rich: what I'm hearing here, and this has been one of my concerns, if everything decentralizes to our WGs, what's going to represent us as the sum of our WGs? <br />
* Eli: I am still continuing to receive that list and just forwarding to the old media wg until we find a solution.<br />
* Patty: You also mentioned text, is that something which is an immediate concern?<br />
* Eli: yes, and no. The guidelines are all posted on the wiki. There is an open group that anybody can join which can temp check things to be sent out to the text list. To be honest it's basically only me and (Dan) Cheeno that have sent messages out to that list, but we should talk about it.<br />
<br />
* Ellen: Horizontal is great, but sometimes with an email request we've just got to get shit down. This has been my experience with media, sometimes you don't have time to make a consensus decision.<br />
* Anna: Right now there's nobody to write a blog post and a press release, and nobody is doing it.<br />
<br />
* Dana: I'm suggesting that if people come to that email, the way to phrase what's going on is to say "we're reorganizing media at OB" rather than "media has dissolved". It sounds more positive. I like that we're reorganizing for an infrastructural change that we're making for a long term. So you're saying that you can keep doing the email requests, should we talk about that so it's not just one person doing that?<br />
<br />
* Linda: What I have been wanting to say is that I feel the media DA stuff is just as important as the other stuff that's up there and it's all a list of things that we need to take care of. We might not know what the most important things are until we get them all up there (on the board).<br />
<br />
* Rachel: So, email requests deals with one side of this, which is external media wanted to talk about occupy boston. The other side is OB wanted to make it's own media. Those happen by separate mechanisms. There are other ways that press requests come in. Because news media is used to dealing with particular individuals, there are a few people who external media is used to getting requests from. Typically those people would bring the request to the media email list. The other side is blog posts, press releases, what we do when we plan an action. There are a group of people who can currently post to the blog. That group can expand. The proposal that came out of the media inventory was that (the blog) should become a separate bubble to make it easier for people to get posts on the blog. That means people will write their own blog posts and send them to the bubble to just press the button and post them. Gunner spent some time building his own personal press list. He has generously offered to go through that list and a list of all the coverage we've gotten so far and building a master list of press contacts for OB. What we do with that press list is also something to talk about. There are many people within the media WG would I'm sure would be happy if you asked them individual to help write a press release.<br />
<br />
* Josh: I just wanted to clarify that there are several types of blog posts, those that happen pre- and post- event posts. In terms of going forward with the blog, there are different levels of access to the blog that we could give out. We could set up that people could write posts, but those don't actually get posted until approve by some QA group. There are people who have access to the blog, but currently we're (media wg) is not going to be actively posting about that.<br />
** Rachel: what needs to be formalized is who people need to get in touch with to post to the blog. <br />
<br />
* Sarah: why don't we use the new tool that OBIT has setup of the forum, because then it's all there and the public can see it. People can comment on the thing if they want to, but they're all there for the public to see.<br />
<br />
* Patty: this meeting needs to end in 10 minutes. It's obvious there's going to need to be at least another meeting about it. I'm going to suggest that people submit specific questions that need to be answered like "how do I get something on the calendar", and perhaps the group formely known as media can sift through those and help come up with some answers for how we can move forward. We also have to decide when we want to have another meeting. <br />
** Rachel: We've spent a fair amount of time talking about this now, and we're maybe at the point were in addition to questions people can submit concrete proposals. If we decided when the meetings going to be we could say "have those in by X time."<br />
** Rich: I just had a question, whether this should be another meeting, or if it should use the new process for discussion at GA.<br />
* Patty: the proposal on the floor is that instead of having another meeting we do it at GA.<br />
* Ellen: I hear what you're saying Rich, but I feel like it would be beneficial to have another meeting before we go to GA and have to start again with a whole new group of people.<br />
* Linda: I think it's really important that we hear from the former media WG folks about how they would like to proceed.<br />
** Eli: Peronsonally I don't think that it should be on us at all to decide. I think there are enough people in the media WG who are committed to making sure this happens smoothly.<br />
<br />
* Dana: can you meet Wednesday at 6?<br />
** Eli: yup.<br />
<br />
* Liam: we did preface the vote to dissolve with a commitment to an orderly transition.<br />
<br />
* Jorge: there's also a possibility to use the community gather on May 7.<br />
<br />
* Patty: There are three possibilities, bring it to GA, have a meeting at the same time next week at e5, or to have it at an open community gathering at st. pauls on the 7th.<br />
** Anna: Safer spaces was working to use that community gathering time for a May 1st debrief.<br />
<br />
* Anna C: 7 is so late on a weekday.<br />
* Patty: It seems like some people would prefer 6.<br />
* Positive temp check on 6 - 8:30<br />
<br />
* Patty: what are we going to do to about people who want to send questions/proposals for the next meeting?<br />
** Rachel: I think there should be a single thread on community forum, and hopefully somebody can agree to collate the responses.<br />
** Angela: What's community forum?<br />
** It's another mailing list that a lot of people are on.<br />
<br />
* Patty: apparently this space is not available next week at 6-9. So we're back to square one.<br />
** Rachel: can somebody volunteer to recieve questions and proposals?<br />
*** Dan Cheeno: I will.<br />
** Angela: I'll volunteer to find a space for this meeting next week.<br />
<br />
* Patty: Is there anything that absolutely needed to be discussed tonight that wasn't?<br />
** Eli: We need to clean up!<br />
<br />
* Patty: Thanks to the people form media for setting this up!</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/Media/Minutes/04252012&diff=14225WG/Media/Minutes/042520122012-04-26T05:11:12Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "* Chris is timekeeper * Brandon is taking notes * Patty & Eli are facilitating * Eli: This is a meeting to talk about the direction of media at Occupy Boston going forwards. Th..."</p>
<hr />
<div>* Chris is timekeeper<br />
* Brandon is taking notes<br />
* Patty & Eli are facilitating<br />
<br />
* Eli: This is a meeting to talk about the direction of media at Occupy Boston going forwards. This meeting came about from the so-called dissolution of the formal Media WG, which oversaw the various media 'bubbles' which managed specific media things. We'll talk more about that decision later.<br />
<br />
== Introductions ==<br />
* Eli: from media, livestream<br />
* Dan: media<br />
* Patty: facil.<br />
* Kendra: OBIT<br />
* Brandon: OBIT, radio<br />
* Bil: facil, tv<br />
* Tracy: OBIT, Radio<br />
* Sarah: Radio<br />
* Jorge: facil<br />
* Daniel: puppeteer<br />
* David: puppeteer<br />
* Jordan: new<br />
* Ariel: media<br />
* Anna: Safer Spaces<br />
* Jeff: research<br />
* Linda: FAWG<br />
* Anna: Daily Digest, inreach<br />
* Michael: facil.<br />
* Ellen: Occupy The Burbs, Occupy The Farm<br />
* Jen: Occupy MBTA<br />
* Matt: facil.<br />
* Rich: facil.<br />
* Carolyn: facil, Occupy MBTA<br />
* Angela: Anti-Oppression, facil.<br />
* Glenn: Radio<br />
* Rene: Logistics<br />
* Joshua: media<br />
* Patrick: whatever I can<br />
* Stephanie: Occupy UMB<br />
* Patrick: Radio<br />
* Deborah: Just here<br />
* Ross: OBIT<br />
* Chris: formely of food, documentation<br />
* Shane: machine<br />
* Carlos: Chess<br />
* Rachel<br />
* Matt: facil.<br />
* John: Dweyer<br />
<br />
* There's a film crew, Andrew & Cory from Vancouver doing a documentary. They've been making Occupy short films since September. Tonight would be a great opportunity for what goes on behind the scenes with new media. We've heard that tonight might be contentious, but it's the truth. Our website is occupythemovie.com. Does anybody have an object to them filming the meeting?<br />
* CC: I'm very concerned about a lot of the filming that's happened about the Occupy movement and how diverse that filming has been. How do you deal with that?<br />
** A: right now we've actually have more women than men as part of our interviewees, and this group here is a very diverse group. <br />
* Nobody objects, so the filming can proceed.<br />
* None of the film will be released for the next four or five months.<br />
<br />
== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
# Brief Introductions - 5 min<br />
# Agenda Review - 5 min<br />
# How we got here / Media WG Update - 15 min<br />
# Current Media Bubbles - 15 min<br />
# Discussion: How we will publicize OB stuff - 30 min<br />
# Discussion: How we receive press/external - 30 min<br />
# Visioning Brainstorm on future of media - 30 min<br />
# Next steps - 10 min<br />
<br />
* CC: Is there going to be a inventory of tasks that media has been doing?<br />
** Dan: I can try to do that during the current media bubbles<br />
<br />
== How we got here ==<br />
* Dan: back in the Dewey era there were a lot of occurrences of us chasing people down to find out what was happening and what we should cover. There was so much going on that there was no way we could cover everything. In the post-Dewey era we kind of started to move towards a point where we were receiving requests for media coverage. We couldn't figure out ourselves what was going on except for the big events. WGs came to us with requests. As that evolved we ended up with the forms we have on the website for media requests (blog posts, media coverage, on site coverage). What a lot of us ended up feeling after the past two or three months is that we were not in a position where we could be strategic and couldn't plan out a good media strategy, but instead were being reactive to what WGs were doing. We were publicizing what WGs were doing. We got a lot of requests that didn't make a whole lot of sense, but we still felt obligated to respond to those requests. As everybody knows, in the post-Dewey area we are operating at a decreased capacity. We were getting increased numbers of requests, but we had less and less time to deal with them. Over the last couple weeks we ended up at a point where we realized we couldn't keep working in a way that would be fair to the WGs, and we had become curators of all the media for OB. Because it seemed at times that we (and others) were unhappy with the work that the media wg was doing, we decided to dissolve the media working group. So, we decided to have this meeting to discuss how we can empower ourselves to create media, etc.<br />
* The other thing is that some of us felt that media work has become separate from the rest of OB. That media strategy should be part of the plannings for actions, etc, rather than the process being separate and having another WG write up the media.<br />
* Dana CC: Feeling like it might not be appropriate to the the curators of media and how media was in control of how OB was presented to the world, I was wondering if you had discussed alternatives, like WGs doing their own press released. WGs might not be good at copy editing and writing, those folks were in media.<br />
** Dan A: Yes we did. That's what were going to talk about tonight when we get to that part of the conversation.<br />
<br />
* Liam: There was an event at the Democracy Center in Cambridge when the OWS bus trip came here. They said we've got this huge dynamic between DA and Media and all this other stuff. The OWS said that one way they dealt with that paradigm was by creating 'actions' and affinity groups including people from broad spectrums. Tonight is all about getting back to a group who likes to work together.<br />
<br />
* Terra: The problem was that the scope of work was so broad that it became impossible to serve everybody well. Different people have different ideas about what Media is supposed to do. Unless there's a common understanding there are going to be misunderstanding. If we truly sit down and decide what this group means to everybody it's easier to achieve the mission.<br />
<br />
* Carolyn: As somebody I'm confused as somebody who didn't criticize the WG, why did you decide to dissolve and not call for help?<br />
** Rachel A: Part of it as the sense that the work wasn't being done adequately. More than that was a sense from the people doing it that it wasn't a question of just having more people to do the work: there was something structurally wrong with that. So rather flood the group with more people, we'd open it up to a community discussion.<br />
<br />
* Patrick: I'd like to know who feels it is that they can make decisions like this in a leaderless movement?<br />
** Dan A: We decided this, not by full consensus, but the vote was 7-1 to dissolve, with 3 abstentions.<br />
** Patrick: So that means there were still people who were willing to continue to work in media.<br />
** Joshua: I think that just as a matter of policy, I don't think it's good for us to be criticizing the consensus process when we weren't there and of a WG we weren't part of.<br />
** Rachel: The way that the dissolution of the media wg started was that a large group of people within media, who had been doing a large amount of work, decided that they were no longer going to do it. So rather than just leave and we're going to see what happens, that wouldn't be fair to the people who are left in the media WG meeting. So we brought it to a Media WG meeting, and took a vote about what we wanted to do. It turned out that what we wanted to do was dissolve media as it was operating. The reason we're all here now is to talk about what happens next.<br />
<br />
* Patty: We're five minutes past time on this topic, FYI.<br />
<br />
* Angela: I think you all know me well enough to know that I sometimes ask questions that are hard. I've got a bunch of them, and I'm not sure how to proceed with that. I think there are profound political implications of what's happening here right now. First of all, you all have worked your butts off, and I think that it is a sad symptom of our movement that we have not figured out how to let people know that we appreciate what you do. I would say take a bow, you've done an outstanding job. You've served us really, really well. I wish I could stop right there, so please know that what I'm about to say doesn't cancel that out. There are different kinds of WGs in this movement. Media has fit into the kind which provides some kind of resource to the movement has a whole. It can be I think, said, that you all exercised your autonomous decision making right to dissolve this WG. WGs can be formed by people who want to, and dissolved when they're done. That's my problem with autonomous action. I don't see how transparency and accountability can be found in this way of making decisions for our local Occupy movement which leaves many high and dry, but also has a tremendous impact on resources we have. You all have far greater resources than anybody else in the local Occupy movement, including equipment and monetarily. I've heard that you asked somebody to pull their private money from you, there's been certain decisions you've made about Occupy's private resources. If that's not true, I'd really love to hear it. While it's a totally justified autonomous decision, I just hate to think about the precedent that it sets, that this decision could be made privately, with such huge public impact. I support people stopping when they want to, but when they stop something that's so important to the movement, there's something that really gets me about making that an autonomous action. Don't feel like anybody has to justify what they've done, I'm just concerned about the precedents it's set.<br />
<br />
* Eli: That point about the money is definitely something we should talk about.<br />
** Dan: So people are aware, Media WG had a private donor, who was also a very active member of the WG. The money that was given to Media WG was specifically for Media work. Essentially, what we felt was best, at our Saturday meeting, when we talked about the allocation of resources, after we paid for rent for e5 for the next 3 months, we felt that because the Media WG was dissolving, and had not fulfilled the original intent that the money had been given for, that we would ask that the donor take that money.<br />
<br />
* There was a slight medical interruption, so the meeting had a short break.<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: In addition to the money, are there other assets that are part of Media WG, and have you made decisions about those?<br />
** Dan A: Are we talking about this now or later?<br />
** Angela: Can you just name them?<br />
** Rachel: There's the iMac in the bubble, there's a router, three mobile hotspots (which have been used by live, radio), three iPod touches (live), 4 battery packs (live), a lockbox at Ravi's with two microphones, there's also a couple locks in that box, the mics belonged to Farhad, and the router belongs to lefty.<br />
** Joshua: There's also two external harddrives that go with the iMac.<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: What do you mean by bubble?<br />
** Joshua A: There are several groups, maybe they're WGs, maybe they're not. Ex. the crew of people who handle FB, who handle twitter, livestream, etc.<br />
** Rachel: Some of them are independent groups, not just subgroups of Media WG. Some of them are subgroups of Media. FB, Twitter, the Blog, the Calendar, Cel.ly, the youtube account.<br />
** Joshua: These are all things that we thought of as under the umbrella of Media<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: So have there been decisions made about what to do with the assets?<br />
** Rachel A: the iMac, the HDDs and the router are in the media cubicle, and are in use. The hotspots have been in use by radio, livestream, and facilitation has expressed an interest in having some self-sufficient livestream capacity.<br />
<br />
* Justin: What seems to be the most contentious issue is that of the WGs dissolving. It seems to me that's not really an issue. The people who were working in media decided to dissolved media, so they could call this meeting and open up the process and wg. By being here, we're all kind of members of Media now. WGs are really just a time and space on a calendar.<br />
* Rene: WHat Justin said is exactly what we're going to say. A huge majority of Media decided to step back from their roles & responsibilities. It's not really dissolving, but it's effectively dissolving. Many of us are here to figure out how to get on the same page and try to work through this. The media work must continue, and we obviously need to restructure the way we work with media.<br />
<br />
* Ellen: I'm really appreciative of the media wg, but at the same time I've heard so many complaints about how things were going. Let's take this as an opportunity to restructure how we do this. The one thing I did have a problem with is giving back the money to that person as if there was not going to be another media. I think that needs to be discussed tonight. <br />
<br />
* Bil: I came to a couple media wg meetings and everything was crystal clear, we talked about the donor while he was there. I was impressed with the work people were doing. Everything I found was completely above board, I trust you folks enormously. I think we have sufficient audit capability that I'm not worried about you running away with anything. I really don't want to talk about the past, I would really like to jump into the future and say "where do we go from here".<br />
<br />
* Eli: I'm sensing a little tension in the room. I know we don't have time to finish the agenda, but I think it's important to address that tension. Do people want to continue this conversation right now, or move forward? Since I'm seeing about 50/50 how about we continue for about another 10 minutes max, and then definitely moving forward? I'm seeing mostly up, so let's go.<br />
<br />
* Carolyn CC: I would like to know if the media people who stepped back are willing to train a new set of people? Because I think there's obviously skills and a developed strategy and method of work that would be sad not to be able to benefit from all the expertise you've developed?<br />
** Liam A: From the third week on at Dewey there was a weekly media training offered. That course is kind of on paper, and that's available, I think that would be a great thing to get to all the working group. As far as getting the people who walked away to come back and do training and stuff, I think it's time to empower yourselves.<br />
** Dan: Part of the reason we're having this meeting too, is that some of us wanted to work actively to empower working groups to produce their own media. I'm happy (and I think others too) are happy to continue to do things like livestream training, as well as some functions that the media umbrella accomplished. What we're here saying is that the structure we had set up (give us some requests and will produce an output) wasn't working. What we need to be able to do is have working groups produce their own media, and for some of us to help train people, for ex to write press releases. That's not something we should have a WG doing anymore but something that the whole community should do.<br />
<br />
* Linda CC: I guess I was a little uncomfortable just leaving the money issue. I feel the way Bil does because I trust and admire the media group but I wanted to have an understanding of what the decision making process was. It seems like the money was given on the condition that the work was continuing to go forward, and without that being likely the money was given back, so I'd like a brief explanation of why that was. I'm very excited about going forward, and I'd love to see media be proactive rather than reactive. I'm also concerned with the power dynamics. I recognize with FAWG that we've recognized similar dynamics. The community is going through some positive growth there. We've outgrown some of our old forms. I like affinity groups with people who have different skill sets.<br />
** Eli A: We thought that because we, the media wg, were dissolving, and because this money was being given to the media wg for a very specific reason, the only appropriate course of action to the donor. However in doing so we knew that this money was not necessarily leaving Occupy Boston, it could be redistributed back to OB. We didn't want to leave a power vacuum of an empty WG and a lot of money.<br />
** Liam: The way that money came to the WG was that the donor wanted to fund campaigns and equipment necessary for campaigns. This is part of what we as a WG felt like we weren't doing: campaigns. Knowing that we were not fulfilling that mission it would be much more problems than it's worth to take that donation. I think our biggest worry was that there's this much money in OB, the amount of animosity that's swirled around it was shocking, so we were happy to get it out of our hands.<br />
<br />
* Rich: The point that concerns me is about the decision making process. I think the fact that once you folks decided to dissolve you decided to have these conversations publicly is a good thing. My question is, the way FAWG said "we're having a lot of problems", before we figure out what to do, should the decisions of what to do with the money, etc, be community decisions?<br />
<br />
* Chris: I understand you want to move forward, but the past is essential with the documentation that I've been working on on the wiki. I understand that media is like disposed, and it's hard to get WGs together. Nothing against the past, but the past will enlighten you on what to do better for the future.<br />
<br />
* Facil. switches from Eli to Patty.<br />
<br />
== Discussion: How do we publicize OB activities ==<br />
<br />
* Eli: In the past Media received requests for write-ups etc, to get information about requests out. But now that structure is no longer in place, how do we do that?<br />
* Kendra: I think the thing to do is thing about organizing in a way like a company, we're going to need writers, editors, different roles, etc. Part of what I saw going on is you rolled everything including marketing and public relations into one and gave everything to a few people. Identifying what people are good at and putting them into roles that they're good at. I think if we could get organized under different departments a lot of this frustration would be better managed.<br />
* Dana: I think it would be useful if we could identify crucial functions that are not currently being performed and then filling though. I don't know what the format to do that would be, but I hope it could come out of this meeting.<br />
* Liam: We identified certain bubbles that are generally thought of under media but really are different groups, like social media and the calendar.<br />
* Joshua: As I said before, calendar is one of the self sustaining bubbles, there's a calendar form on the website, if you want something on the calendar you should fill out that form.<br />
* Sarah: Can we write this down on the board?<br />
* Joshua: Many bubbles like calendar are basically self sufficient, like calendar.<br />
* Rachel: Who has the capacity at this point to add people to the calendar list?<br />
** Brandon: OBIT can do that.<br />
** Rene: OBIT has the ability to do that, but they're not the default. Farhad is the admin for a lot of those lists, he asked who wanted to be admins and nobody responded.<br />
** Joshua: The calendar request function should still be function. The only thing we don't know is who can add people to the list.<br />
** Rachel: Yes, the calendar structure still remains the same, but there has been a lot of talk, specifically within facilitation (because they have to flexible), that there should be more representatives throughout the community who have admin access to the calendar.<br />
*** I would just suggest that we take our time tonight with the things that are disappearing rather than things are just slightly changing.<br />
*** Sarah: There's a lot of vagueness when it comes to our Media and that has to stop because it makes us all sit around frustrating.<br />
<br />
* Rachel: One of the reasons there is so much vagueness is because we haven't gotten to the meat of our agenda, which was laying out the audit of all the bubbles and going through the list. So I'd like to propose that we go down that list now so we can get a clearer idea of what's going on.<br />
<br />
* Patty: I'm seeing once again that there's a lot of tension in the room and that some of the people who set this meeting up are feeling upset and are walking out and that's not good. This meeting was so that the community could come together, not so that we could separate ourselves. We also have to remember that we're all volunteers, we don't get paid. We need to remember that when we're thinking about each other. There's important information that needs to be said here, but let's not do it in the context of blaming (Dan: or interrogating). We should have a discussion as a community, not as two or three sides.<br />
<br />
* Carolyn: What I'm going to say isn't completely in the spirit of what Patty is suggesting. My biggest concern going forward is that there's an assumption that many things will just devolve to working groups. It's been a strength of media that it represented a lot of different working groups and it kept us all from having to have that full skill set. I don't think it's realistic that we're going to do all those different functions in each working group. My hope that going forward is that we'll find a way to reconstitute a new group with those skill sets who can work with WGs.<br />
<br />
* Ellen: I think as we're moving forward, I really love the idea that more of us can have access. My big frustration that I mentioned earlier was that we couldn't get anything on the blog without two weeks advanced notice. At the same time, the great thing about having the cohesive media WG is that many of us have different views, but it seemed like there was a cohesive message. If we do devolve into different WGs that our media will be confusing to the general public, if WGs are giving different messages to the public. So I'd hope if there'd be a circle of media elders who can give us guidance.<br />
<br />
* Jorge: All I wanted to say is that I think that if you do want to empower the people and empower the WGs than the working groups, and people in those groups need access. Access to the blog, web, and calendar. Somewhere down the line I guess we have to work out standards and practices. That's what I like to see going to the future. Access to the people who we want to empower, and some standards and practices.<br />
<br />
* Angela: I'd like to try to explain where I'm coming from. What I heard Sarah saying (which might not be what she meant), is that for far too long there has been far too little transparency about media. There has always been this amorphous, undefined, unamed, "who do you know is doing what". I respond to these things not because I'm trying to disrupt things, but there are political foundations, and if we take something like anti-oppression, there are ways that you do that which we're not doing here (or not all), and I'm afraid that we're going to replicate what we've already had.<br />
<br />
* Linda: I wanted to go back to Rachel's suggestion of listing the things up there, and I'd also like to know if there are folks from the former media group who have things that they'd like to do. If there are things that we've been doing that they want to continue or new things?<br />
** Eli: I want to build a movement that can transform society. That's what I want to do. I don't want to write a blog post, or live stream an event. Those are tactics that will get us to the point of social transformation. I realized what we were doing was no longer building a movement. We were just responding to requests and getting burnt out. What we really want to do is media direction action. We want do twitter bomb campaigns, guerrilla messaging, etc. We want to be part of the strategy and planning this movement. I saw the Occupy MBTA and was really excited by it but didn't have any time to get involved in it. I think that if a WG is planning an event then they are the best people to talk about that issue and campaign, and if they don't have the skills to write a blog post or press release (which, I don't think there are many WGs that don't have those skills), but I want my energy to go towards building a movement.<br />
** Dan: What he said.<br />
<br />
* Dana: Maybe it would be a good idea, given what Eli just said, maybe there should be a place to put resource pools, where we can say "I have skills with video editing, if you want some help contact me". Some way were people aren't just cows where you can come milk them for media. <br />
<br />
* Chris: I am starting a documentation working group and my specific definition of this group would not be that you have to meet at the same time at this group. To be part of the WG you just have to do the work. We need to get information out that's correct. We need stability. To reach out I think we just need people to come forward. <br />
<br />
* Ellen CC: Do you guys have energy to do workshops for us in learning some of these skills? Because if you did, that could empower all these people.<br />
** Eli: We're not leaving. As an example Gunner. During Occupy MBTA Gunner did press trainings for people in that group. People are willing to share these skills in the context in a group or a campaign. We can do general workshops but that's not effective in my experience. It's much more effect in the context of an event or campaign. Maybe a resource pool is a great idea.<br />
<br />
* Bil Point of Process: I am utterly confused as to what topic we're on. Can the facil. clarify.<br />
** Patty: We were about to start talking about the inventory of media resources, but we started to move into media direction action, so I started listing some ideas for how to accomplish that.<br />
<br />
* Eli: Those skills exist in affinity groups and WGs, and if they don't, those groups can lean on the broader community. We should figure out how to facil. that kind of thing. We should figure out what's going to be missing in the next few weeks.<br />
<br />
* Patrick: Thank god we're onto a constructive phase in this meeting, but we're running short on time, so are we OK on stretching this out into two or three meetings. <br />
* Sarah: I'd like to stress that it should be a get shit done meeting, not a therapy session meeting.<br />
* Eli: We have until 9:30.<br />
<br />
* Patty: It sounds like some people want to hear what's immediate and can't wait until another meeting. So, I'm asking the ex-media folks, is there something the group used to do that needs to be taken over immediately.<br />
* Eli: Right now we have an email address that's media@occupyboston.org, at the bottom of our website. I've been the only one monitoring that, and have just been forwarding a bunch of stuff to the community forum list. That email is receiving a lot of mail, and it needs to be taken care of.<br />
** Angela: How many hours do you think you spend on that a week?<br />
** Eli: it's not so much hours. It's not just receiving or responding, it's figuring out the best way to deal with that request. The question is how are we going to fill that hole. Is nobody going to reply? Or are seven people going to replying to the same thing.<br />
* Rich: what I'm hearing here, and this has been one of my concerns, if everything decentralizes to our WGs, what's going to represent us as the sum of our WGs? <br />
* Eli: I am still continuing to receive that list and just forwarding to the old media wg until we find a solution.<br />
* Patty: You also mentioned text, is that something which is an immediate concern?<br />
* Eli: yes, and no. The guidelines are all posted on the wiki. There is an open group that anybody can join which can temp check things to be sent out to the text list. To be honest it's basically only me and (Dan) Cheeno that have sent messages out to that list, but we should talk about it.<br />
<br />
* Ellen: Horizontal is great, but sometimes with an email request we've just got to get shit down. This has been my experience with media, sometimes you don't have time to make a consensus decision.<br />
* Anna: Right now there's nobody to write a blog post and a press release, and nobody is doing it.<br />
<br />
* Dana: I'm suggesting that if people come to that email, the way to phrase what's going on is to say "we're reorganizing media at OB" rather than "media has dissolved". It sounds more positive. I like that we're reorganizing for an infrastructural change that we're making for a long term. So you're saying that you can keep doing the email requests, should we talk about that so it's not just one person doing that?<br />
<br />
* Linda: What I have been wanting to say is that I feel the media DA stuff is just as important as the other stuff that's up there and it's all a list of things that we need to take care of. We might not know what the most important things are until we get them all up there (on the board).<br />
<br />
* Rachel: So, email requests deals with one side of this, which is external media wanted to talk about occupy boston. The other side is OB wanted to make it's own media. Those happen by separate mechanisms. There are other ways that press requests come in. Because news media is used to dealing with particular individuals, there are a few people who external media is used to getting requests from. Typically those people would bring the request to the media email list. The other side is blog posts, press releases, what we do when we plan an action. There are a group of people who can currently post to the blog. That group can expand. The proposal that came out of the media inventory was that (the blog) should become a separate bubble to make it easier for people to get posts on the blog. That means people will write their own blog posts and send them to the bubble to just press the button and post them. Gunner spent some time building his own personal press list. He has generously offered to go through that list and a list of all the coverage we've gotten so far and building a master list of press contacts for OB. What we do with that press list is also something to talk about. There are many people within the media WG would I'm sure would be happy if you asked them individual to help write a press release.<br />
<br />
* Josh: I just wanted to clarify that there are several types of blog posts, those that happen pre- and post- event posts. In terms of going forward with the blog, there are different levels of access to the blog that we could give out. We could set up that people could write posts, but those don't actually get posted until approve by some QA group. There are people who have access to the blog, but currently we're (media wg) is not going to be actively posting about that.<br />
** Rachel: what needs to be formalized is who people need to get in touch with to post to the blog. <br />
<br />
* Sarah: why don't we use the new tool that OBIT has setup of the forum, because then it's all there and the public can see it. People can comment on the thing if they want to, but they're all there for the public to see.<br />
<br />
* Patty: this meeting needs to end in 10 minutes. It's obvious there's going to need to be at least another meeting about it. I'm going to suggest that people submit specific questions that need to be answered like "how do I get something on the calendar", and perhaps the group formely known as media can sift through those and help come up with some answers for how we can move forward. We also have to decide when we want to have another meeting. <br />
** Rachel: We've spent a fair amount of time talking about this now, and we're maybe at the point were in addition to questions people can submit concrete proposals. If we decided when the meetings going to be we could say "have those in by X time."<br />
** Rich: I just had a question, whether this should be another meeting, or if it should use the new process for discussion at GA.<br />
* Patty: the proposal on the floor is that instead of having another meeting we do it at GA.<br />
* Ellen: I hear what you're saying Rich, but I feel like it would be beneficial to have another meeting before we go to GA and have to start again with a whole new group of people.<br />
* Linda: I think it's really important that we hear from the former media WG folks about how they would like to proceed.<br />
** Eli: Peronsonally I don't think that it should be on us at all to decide. I think there are enough people in the media WG who are committed to making sure this happens smoothly.<br />
<br />
* Dana: can you meet Wednesday at 6?<br />
** Eli: yup.<br />
<br />
* Liam: we did preface the vote to dissolve with a commitment to an orderly transition.<br />
<br />
* Jorge: there's also a possibility to use the community gather on May 7.<br />
<br />
* Patty: There are three possibilities, bring it to GA, have a meeting at the same time next week at e5, or to have it at an open community gathering at st. pauls on the 7th.<br />
** Anna: Safer spaces was working to use that community gathering time for a May 1st debrief.<br />
<br />
* Anna C: 7 is so late on a weekday.<br />
* Patty: It seems like some people would prefer 6.<br />
* Positive temp check on 6 - 8:30<br />
<br />
* Patty: what are we going to do to about people who want to send questions/proposals for the next meeting?<br />
** Rachel: I think there should be a single thread on community forum, and hopefully somebody can agree to collate the responses.<br />
** Angela: What's community forum?<br />
** It's another mailing list that a lot of people are on.<br />
<br />
* Patty: apparently this space is not available next week at 6-9. So we're back to square one.<br />
** Rachel: can somebody volunteer to recieve questions and proposals?<br />
*** Dan Cheeno: I will.<br />
** Angela: I'll volunteer to find a space for this meeting next week.<br />
<br />
* Patty: Is there anything that absolutely needed to be discussed tonight that wasn't?<br />
** Eli: We need to clean up!<br />
<br />
* Patty: Thanks to the people form media for setting this up!</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=Media&diff=14224Media2012-04-26T05:06:54Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>''Please direct all inquiries and requests for interviews to [mailto:media@occupyboston.org media@occupyboston.org]''<br />
<br />
Here's the link to the [[http://www.occupyboston.org/press/press-kit/ Occupy Boston press kit]]<br />
<br />
:View an archive of official [[Press Releases|Press Releases]].<br><br />
:[https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/viewform?formkey=dEhPMHAyaEM3N0pEZVBZN05BOUdHbVE6MQ Tell us] why ''you'' Occupy.<br />
<br />
==To Get Media Support for your Working Group==<br />
<br />
To get media support for your Working Group, please use [[http://www.occupyboston.org/media-coverage-request-form/ the media coverage request form]]<br />
<br />
To put your Working Group event on the calendar, please use [[http://www.occupyboston.org/calendar-event-submission-form/ the calendar submission form]]<br />
<br />
For suggestions and resources for [[doing your own media work]], for your event. If you want to learn more about doing media work for an "issue", in general, scroll down and see some of the resources and come to a media meeting.<br />
<br />
==External==<br />
*[[Ext. Audio|Radio]]<br />
*[[Ext. Video|Video]]<br />
*[[Ext. Text|Web]]<br />
*[[Ext. Photography|Photos]]<br />
<br />
==Community Generated==<br />
*[[Int. Audio|Audio]]<br />
*[[Int. Photography|Photos]]<br />
*[[Int. Text|Text]]<br />
*[[Int. Video|Video]]<br />
*[[Graphic Design|Graphic Design]]<br />
*[[Press Release Process]]<br />
*[[How to Format OB Press Releases]]<br />
<br />
== Occupy Boston's Media Working Group Mission Statement==<br />
OCCUPY BOSTON MEDIA WORKING GROUP MISSION STATEMENT <br />
<br />
The Occupy Boston Media Working Group works to document and publicize the occupy movement with the intention of fostering growth therein. The Occupy Boston Media Working Group operates in several spheres: Blog, Social Media, and Website; External Press; Photo, Video and Livestream; Independent Journalism; and Calendar. <br />
<br />
Our mission statement in each of these spheres is as follows:<br />
<br />
*(I) BLOG, SOCIAL MEDIA, AND WEBSITE*<br />
<br />
(A) To maintain the OccupyBoston.org blog as well as the official Occupy Boston social media channels (e.g. Facebook, Twitter, etc) and facilitate, with other working groups, all sections of the website.<br />
<br />
(B) To create content for the above channels promoting the activities of Occupy Boston, the Occupy Movement, and the larger economic justice movement.<br />
<br />
(C) To use the above channels to collect and disseminate media coverage -- both mainstream and independent -- of Occupy Boston, the Occupy Movement, and the larger economic justice movement.<br />
<br />
(D) To facilitate the use of the above channels by other Occupy Boston working groups, caucuses, and related affinity groups.<br />
<br />
*(II) EXTERNAL PRESS*<br />
<br />
(A) To serve as the default liaison between Occupy Boston and the external press.<br />
<br />
(B) To issue official press releases on the behalf of Occupy Boston.<br />
<br />
(C) To facilitate the production of official press releases by other Occupy<br />
Boston working groups, caucuses, and related affinity groups.<br />
<br />
(D) To create major media campaigns to influence and/or impact the mainstream media's coverage of issues relevant to Occupy Boston, the Occupy Movement, and the larger economic justice movement.<br />
<br />
(E) To provide media trainings to members of Occupy Boston to prepare them for interactions with the external press.<br />
<br />
*(III) PHOTO, VIDEO, AND LIVESTREAM*<br />
<br />
(A) To visually document events and actions within Occupy Boston.<br />
<br />
(B) To facilitate such documentation by other members of Occupy Boston and provide related training.<br />
<br />
(C) To provide a central clearing house for visual media relevant to Occupy Boston, the Occupy Movement, and the larger economic justice movement.<br />
<br />
*(IV) INDEPENDENT JOURNALISM*<br />
<br />
(A) To create works of journalism that raise awareness about issues relevant to Occupy Boston, the Occupy Movement, and the larger economic justice movement.<br />
<br />
(B) To facilitate the creation of such works by other members of Occupy Boston.<br />
<br />
(C) To facilitate the dissemination of such works either through our own channels or through external channels.<br />
<br />
*(V) CALENDAR*<br />
<br />
(A) To facilitate the maintenance of the Occupy Boston calendar by other Occupy Boston working groups, caucuses, and related affinity groups.<br />
<br />
== Occupy Boston's Media Channels<br/> ==<br />
<br />
*[http://www.occupyboston.org/ Web Site and Blog]<br />
*[https://www.facebook.com/OccupyBoston Facebook]<br />
*[http://twitter.com/Occupy_Boston Twitter Occupy Boston Main Twitter Account]<br />
*[http://twitter.com/OccupyBOSMedia New Occupy Boston Media twitter account]<br />
*[http://twitter.com/#%21/Occupy_Boston/ob-working-groups/members List of OB Working groups Twitter accounts]<br />
*[http://bostonoccupier.com/ The Boston Occupier Newspaper]<br />
*[http://www.flickr.com/groups/occupybostonphoto/ Flickr Occupy Boston Media Photo Sharing Group]<br />
*[http://www.flickr.com/groups/occupyboston/ Flickr Photos from Occupy Boston]<br />
*[http://www.livestream.com/occupyboston Live Stream] (used mostly for GA's and other events at the GA stage in Dewey Square)<br />
*[http://www.occupyboston.org/2011/12/08/list-live-feeds/ UStream] (mobile live casting for Occupy Boston event's around Boston)<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/OB-TV Occupy Boston TV- Cable Access TV Show]<br />
*[http://www.occupyboston.org/radio/ Occupy Boston Radio]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Occupy_News_Network Occupy News Network 24HR streaming video news on behalf of OB for benefit of all occupies and 99%!] (soon)<br />
*[http://www.youtube.com/user/OccupyBoston Occupy Boston YouTube]<br />
*[https://www.facebook.com/OccupyBostonMus Occupy Boston Music]<br />
*[http://www.youtube.com/user/FSUOccupyBoston Free School University Lecture]<br />
<br />
==Working Group Meeting Agendas & Minutes==<br />
<br />
[http://notes.occupy.net/p/OBMediaAgendas Agendas for upcoming and past WG Meetings]<br />
<br />
Minutes from past WG Meetings:<br />
<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022011 | Nov. 2]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022012 | Nov. 15 - Emergency GA breakout group]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022013 | Nov. 23]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022014 | Dec. 14]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022015 | Dec. 21]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022016 | Dec. 29]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022017 | Jan. 4]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022018 | Jan. 11]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022019 | Jan. 25]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/11022020 | Feb. 2]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/120208 | Feb. 8]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/120215 | Feb. 15]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/120222 | Feb. 22]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/120229 | Feb. 29]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/03072012 | Mar. 07]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/03102012 | Mar. 10 Strategy]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/03142012 | Mar. 14]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/03212012 | Mar. 21]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/03242012 | Mar. 24 Strategy]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/04112012 | April 11]]<br />
*[[WG/Media/Minutes/04252012 | April 25, Occupy Boston Media Restructuring Meeting]]<br />
<br />
== @obupdates text group ==<br />
<br />
Text "obupdates" to 23559 to receive occasional Occupy Boston updates via SMS. No additional charge. Standard texting rates apply.<br />
<br />
[[Guidelines on the @obupdates texting cell]]<br />
<br />
If you would like to send a mass text to the @obupdates group, fill out the following form:&nbsp;[http://www.occupyboston.org/text/ http://www.occupyboston.org/text/]<br />
<br />
An advisory group is responsible for&nbsp;receiving, vetting, and sending all mass texts to the @obupdates cell. If you would like to join this advisory group, please email eli [at] occupyboston [dot] org.&nbsp;<br />
<br />
The following individual(s) are the current administrators of the cell: Eli, more TBD<br />
<br />
== Training Resources ==<br />
<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Media/notes_on_storytelling Notes on Storytelling by Marshall Ganz]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Media/what_is_public_narrative What is Public Narrative? by Marshall Ganz]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/images/3/32/PTP_-_Framing_and_Messaging_by_Katherine_McFate_-_June_2009.pdf Which comes first, the frame or the audience? by Katherine McFate of the Ford Foundation (PDF)]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Media/the_oped_12_step_program The Op-ed Writer’s 12-Step Program by John Nichols of The Capital Times]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Media/argument_tips OPed argument tips]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Media/writing_successful_opeds_the_fundamentals Writing Successful Op-eds: The Fundamentals by The Progressive Media Project]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Media/six_types_of_opeds Six Types of Op-eds by the Progressive Media Project]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/images/b/b0/Minute_messaging.pdf Minute Message Model by Mission Minded (PDF)]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/images/2/21/SPIN_Workbook--branding_8.11.pdf Strategic Clarity Workbook (PDF)]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/images/2/2b/Strategic_Communications_Model.pdf The Strategic Communications Model (PDF)]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/images/9/9e/How_to_pitch_-_Advisory_-_Press_Release_training_docs.pdf Press outreach training docs (i.e. how to pitch, write a press release, media advisory, ect.) (PDF)]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/images/a/ae/Telling_american_stories.pdf Telling American Stories (PDF)]<br />
*[http://philanthropy411.wordpress.com/2011/05/24/effective-comm-planning/ 15 Tips for Effective Communications Planning and 13 Components of a Communications Plan by Philanthropy411]<br />
<br />
==Other Resources==<br />
*[https://docs.google.com/document/d/1L-3w-9o_xIHiSeYfgLLNml6SjpEqpu0TNxxwYx1zqpg/edit?hl=en_US&pli=1 Important Media Links (Google Doc)]<br />
*'Like' [https://www.facebook.com/OccupyTogether Occupy Together's (Global) Facebook]<br />
*[http://occupywallst.org/ OccupyWallSt.org]<br />
*[http://www.adbusters.org/campaigns/occupywallstreet Adbusters.org] <br />
*[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occupy_Boston Wikipedia Entry on Occupy Boston with Citations]<br />
*[http://wearethe99percent.tumblr.com/ We Are the 99%] (Tumblr)<br />
*[http://twitter.com/#%21/WeOccupyAmerica/occupations/members Twitter List] of all Occupy accounts across the nation.<br />
*[http://www.youtube.com/occupytv OccupyTV] (Collection of Videos from Occupy Sites around the Nation)<br />
*[http://kck.st/nHEb8h The Occupy Wall Street Collaborative Film]<br />
*[http://www.livestream.com/globalrevolution Occupy Wall Street Live Stream]<br />
*[http://www.youtube.com/user/99percentfilm 99 Percent: Occupy Wall Street Youtube Channel]<br />
*[http://www.fightbacknews.org/ Fight Back News]<br />
*[http://www.openmediaboston.org Open Media Boston]<br />
*[[Press Release Ideas]]<br />
*[[Media Action List]]<br />
<br />
== Contact ==<br />
<br />
*[mailto:occupybostonmedia@gmail.com occupybostonmedia@gmail.com]<br />
*[http://twitter.com/#%21/OccupyBOSMedia OB Media's Twitter]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=Occupy_Boston&diff=14198Occupy Boston2012-04-25T06:36:53Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>__NOTOC__ <p style="text-align: center">'''''View all [[:Category:Working groups|working groups]] ~ Learn about the [[General Assembly]] ~ View [[Media|media]] written by or about Occupy Boston'''''</p><br />
----<br />
{|style="background-color:#ddddff;" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="0" border="0"<br />
|<br />
===Welcome to the Occupy Boston Wiki!===<br />
''<nowiki>Wiki.OccupyBoston.org</nowiki>'' is a collaborative, autonomous, and informative space dedicated to Occupy Boston. This wiki is maintained by thoughtful individuals with the belief that unrestricted access to information promotes transparency and participation, strengthening the foundation for a [[Mutual Responsibility|mutually responsible]] community. As authors, we want to not only create the most compelling content, but also organize it in the most intuitive manner. '''New to wiki editing?''' Learning is quick and easy! See the detailed [[Help:Contents|help pages]].<br />
|}<br />
'''[http://www.occupyboston.org/ Occupy Boston] stands in solidarity''' with [http://occupywallst.org/ Occupy Wall Street], which may be seen as a consequence of the same [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammed_Bouazizi inspirations] that birthed the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arab_Spring Arab Spring]. In the aim of equalizing the power of individual voices, we employ a [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Direct_democracy direct democracy].<br />
<br />
:''Read Occupy Boston's '''[[Declaration of Occupation]]''', consented by the General Assembly on 29 November 2011''<br />
<br />
===What is Solidarity?===<br />
[[wikt:solidarity|Solidarity]] can be defined as 'a unifying bond between individuals with a common goal or enemy'. [[wikipedia:Émile Durkheim|Émile Durkheim]]'s definition strongly supports the meaning of the Occupation: "[S]ocial solidarity is maintained in more complex societies through the interdependence of its component parts (e.g., farmers produce the food to feed the factory workers who produce the tractors that allow the farmer to produce the food)."[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solidarity]<br />
<br />
==[[Participate|Participate]]==<br />
Help us build a superstructure of knowledge. Our community relies on every individual. <br />
<br />
*'''[[Education|Educate]]''' yourself and others in the unending, compassionate cycle of learning and teaching<br />
*Explore the '''[[:Category:Working groups|working groups]]'''<br />
*Learn about the '''[[General Assembly]]'''<br />
*Join the [https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/community_forum Community Forum] mailing list<br />
*See '''[[Media]]''' created by or about Occupy Boston<br />
*Join the '''[http://www.occupyboston.org/irc-chat-live/ Live Chat]''' (IRC) with other Occupiers<br />
*Sign up! for the [https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obupdates Daily Digest], which tells everyone what's going on each day<br />
*Establish '''[[GA/Contacts|Contact]]''' with OB-dedicated groups and individuals<br />
*Visit the home website, '''[http://occupyboston.org/ OccupyBoston.org]'''<br />
*''View '''[[Participate|full participation page]]'''.''<br />
<br />
==Calendar==<br />
Please contact the [[Media|Media working group]] via their [http://groups.google.com/group/occupy-boston-media Google Group] to Update this Calendar. [This contact may require an update]<br />
<br />
<googlecalendar>?src=9o90ot6pl8bjmgjpe37bv5ht44%40group.calendar.google.com&amp;ctz=America/New_York" frameborder="0" width="100%" height="600" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0"></googlecalendar></div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_17_2012&diff=14197GA Minutes Tue Apr 17 20122012-04-25T06:35:40Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "'''GA 4/17/12''' '''<u>Announcements</u>:''' [missed some] '''FWG – '''Thurs GA outdoor. Proposal tonight to set future GA locations. '''Food – '''Camp Charlie wa..."</p>
<hr />
<div>'''GA 4/17/12'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>Announcements</u>:'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[missed some]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''FWG – '''Thurs GA outdoor. Proposal tonight to set future GA locations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Food – '''Camp Charlie was a success for food WG. There were a lot of donations. We'd also like to thank the “foraging” department for getting some food. Since deliveries are scheduled a week in advance, we cannot change our locations immediately. We need notice to be prepared.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Matt C –''' There's going to be a funeral for Capitalism 8pm, May Day. Every saturday till then we're going to make puppets from 4-10.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''John Murphy – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">4/20 is coming up. Some civil disobedience. Boston Common on the top of the hill at 4:20 pm. May 1</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">st</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">fliers for events coming up. Last night, 12 of us slept outside of the Bank of America. There's a march today that we passed a solidarity statement, but there's only 5 of us there...that's embarrassing.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Matt C – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">Wish this had been announced so more people could have been there.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''John Murphy – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">This was an affinity group thing.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Bill – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">Tea party rally sunday I have video.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''John Murphy – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">I went home b/c I was burnt out by this movement and people not doing things. The Occupy group in Hyanis is planning an event on May 20 to shut down the Pilgrim Power Plant. I will be bringing an proposal to get solidarity for this.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Discussion of the Tea Party Rally – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We were protesting specifically the anti-gay aspect of the event, not specifically the tea party.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''POP (John Dwyer) – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">I don't want to set a precedent for showing videos as announcements</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Brian – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">POC has been trying to set up to have GA meetings once a week in Roxbury. Trying to transform the racial composition of the movement. Be more accessible to POC. Weird that we didn't have a presence in the tax day march today. POC are working on this, building connections, and growing in communities of color and communities that are most affected by these issues. Joint meeting (w/ decolonize) this weekend, Sunday, 3-5 @ First Church in Roxbury, 10 Putnam St.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal"></span>'''Food – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We can get food to wherever the meeting is.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Chris – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">To make GA more accessible, we should be outside. With the weather I don't see why we're inside. Can we have a temp check.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''POI – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We have a proposal coming up about that.</span><br />
<br />
'''POI – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We're in announcements right now.</span><br />
<br />
'''POI – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We've taken a temp check to decide this.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''The Occupier – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We're printing tomorrow. Will be color. Will have May Day proposal. Will try to be done by 2pm. Will try to bring some to GA thursday. Tomorrow afternoon we'll be distrubting on the T. Will have camp charlie on the front. There's also coverage about Trayvon Martin events and Noam Chomsky</span><br />
<br />
.<br />
<br />
'''[Person] – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">We've had some discussions here about how we spend a lot of time talking w/o doing a lot. And we need to reach out to POC populations. This event today would have been better about this. We dropped the ball.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[review hand signals for new people]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<u>Proposals</u>:'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''FWG'''<span style="font-weight: normal"></span>'''proposal – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">Need to move GA scheduled locations.</span><br />
<br />
'''Move Outside – '''<span style="font-weight: normal">Never mind, mine will work with FWG.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Tricia –'''<span style="font-weight: normal">Please one person at a time talking. It's hard to hear and disrespectful.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[explain process for proposals]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
FWG proposes these changes:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Tues – Starting May 1, all GA outside on Tues. In Boston Commons. Last GA in church will be one week from tonight.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Thurs – Ended relationship with church. All future Thurs GA will be outside in commons.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Sat – At Community Church to ensure at least one indoors per week.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
We are working with Community church to see if there's other days if we don't want Saturday.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ/POI<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Brandon – Is there a reason why tonight is not the last night in the Church?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Want to give the church some warning. Also want to give food some warning.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – David – Was the reason for having one indoors for accessibility reasoning or weather or, what?<br />
<br />
A – Yes, all of those. Good for food, accessibility, weather, etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Any discussion for extreme weather events (downpours, etc)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – We're trying to work with Community Church to see how flexible they are. We could try to have indoor or we'll have to deal like we did at Dewey.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – Greg – The church would be fine if we said tonight was the last night.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Deb – Food would like to know if the GA would like to continue to have food at GA. [positive] In that case, then we need advance notice for logistics reasons if you want us to keep providing food.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Chris – IS there an amount of time we can let the church know if we want to be here.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – That's something we'll have to talk to churches about. Community church seems to be most flexible. We would do our best to find an alternate space, etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Brian – Was there a reason why the outdoor location was the Commons vs a more symbolic location or vs community locations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Some people are opposed to Dewey b/c they are barred from it. Otherwise, that's why we said temporary, and we can test other locations.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – Can't get more symbolic than the first place where free speech was allowed (the commons)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – John – Has FWG considered shuffling the dates.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Our problem is the WG meetings. That's a longer discussion. As of tonight we have to tell this church and give them an answer.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI - There's a whole bunch of proposals talking about the bigger issues. This was something that had to be done right now.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Deb – Has consideration been given to having fewer GA?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – There has been a LOT of other discussions. But this issue is critical right now.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – Greg – Confirm that we would move into churches until we change it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – Patti – We pay for spaces, even if we don't use. IF we move outdoors saves $160/week if we move outdoors.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – What does community church charge us?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – They charge us hourly. So we can meet there just for food, etc. Other spaces are flat fees.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Is CC more flexible for weather?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A - That remains to be seen. So we can try to ask in advance, and hopefully they'll be able to accommodate us.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – Carolyn – There was one time where they were double booked. So we can't assume we can ALWAYS get the space as needed. Based on availablility.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[Breakout groups]<br/><br />
<br />
SOS – Dana – I support this because it is a clear stop gap solution to what is coming the next few weeks.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – John – People donated money to us outside when we were protesting at BoA. Might bring funds and more participation.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – Rich – Good idea. Short term. Gets us a range of people who might be more comfortable with a range of differences. (Though I don't see this as a main way to recruit.)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – Well crafted and simple. There's a lot of other conversations we can have, but let's have them later.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – Because last GA outside on common joined us and checked out what was going on.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – Lynn – It's spring, it's beautiful out, let's go.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – Greg – I like that we're being considerate of the Churches that hosted us.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOC – Daniel – Concerned that there are indoor GA on the proposal. We need to brainstorm ways to do outdoor GA that is accessible, inclusive, etc that allow us to stay outdoor always.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOC – Tricia – Worried about food WG logistics.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOC – John – That we've taken so long to make this decision.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Brandon – Next week GA outside too.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal">A – John - May 1</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">st</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">GA canceled. GA Saturday, Fanieul hall infront of Samuel Adams statue. Better visibility. Thurs and Tues @ 6:30 boston commons.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Deb – Every tuesday GA on state house steps unless POC is ready to change.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – John – Everyone w/ a cell, get on emergency text system and use it to announce change.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – How do we proceed when ammendments conflict. (Proposer decides)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Individual stack – Brandon – Our web services are hosted with Mayfirst. Here's an email that Mayfirst sent out last week. There have been bomb threats at the Univ. of Pittsburgh. We. at about noon, FBI agents visited Mayfirst offices. ECN, hosted at Mayfirst, runs an anon. Mail server; FBI alleges that it was used to send bomb threat. We have no information to share, and even if we did, we wouldn't. We opposed that kind of activity. But, the interet was created for free and open communications. Mayfirst passed this information along in the interest of transparency.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Tricia. During announcments, people talked about how unfortunate it was that we didn't have a good showing at tax day. Felt bad to hear that over and over. Whe should have done more in advance to communicate and plan. We need to have better showing at events. Not play blame game.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Dana. In proposal discussion, we excited about moving GA to dudley sq area. Would be good to do outreach in preparation. There are other places we could have GA: Central square, faneuil hall.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Brian. TO build on what Data just said, we discussed having two gas/week. Having GA in different places as an outreach tool. Would be great if we had a group of people thinking about GA in general. (Planning, model, schedule etc). Straw poll for interest in that sort of things? A few hands go up.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Daniel. Informal straw poll. Thu GAs are the smallest GA. What do people think about cutting GAs on Thursday? One concern<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal">Mike. We know what the ballot looks like in Nov. The choices are not inspiring. We, as OB should be supporting more ballot access. More 3</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">rd</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">party, 4</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">th</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">party, 5</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">th</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">party. We need more choices. Something that we should start thinking about more often. In other countries, 4—5 parties are normal. We need to get on the ball now.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Brandon. Apologize if people thought I was rude before, when I was trying to get people to be quiet.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Aaron & Anthony from OWS. Today's our 7-month anniv. Slept out at BofA last night. We'll do it again tonight. Anyone talk to NLG/ACLU about what happened? To my knowledge you could sleep on sidewalk, as long as you don't stop traffic. Does anyone know for sure what the laws in boston here. We're here to network, so we can work together and do some more awesome things. This movement belongs to all of us, everyone. NYC GA is not the spoke for the movement. There are a lot of affinity groups, NGOs, etc that feel like they're part of the occupation. You can do whatever you want. You don't need NYC GA's endorsement.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mat C – We can look up the laws in the state to double check these things.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Aaron – Can some one do that?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Deb- Check a law tonight, go to the mass trial court law library online and look it up there.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[back to proposal]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Going through ammednments<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A - Tues outside – we went back and forth b/c weather is supposed to be iffy. Temp check if we should be outside next tues?<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal">A – Cancel May 1</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">st</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">GA – Accepted, too much else going on.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Move to Fanieul Hall – Not addapted. It's too busy w/ street performers w/ permits, etc. We'd be competing w/ people with permits and we don't want to do that. Also VERY hard to hear.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Time change to 6:30 – Didn't see how it's different. Decided to keep it for now.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Tues @ State House – It's a separate issue we can think about in the future. We might get hassled if we keep going there. There might be other locations that can be more accomodting that we might want to consider and it was kinda loud there. But again, some one else can bring an different proposal in the future<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Text alerts – FWG will seek access to text system and website to communicate that. But we dont' have access right now. Sign up is encouraged but not required.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal">[2</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">nd</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">round]</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – [missed]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Prefered location on the hill that we did before. There weren't a ton of people. But I guess we won't be guarenteed to have that space and those benches. But we CAN always have that as a meeting point<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Brandon – Mentioned iffy weather Tues.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Start of next week is colder 51 and raining.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
POI – We spend $80 every time we're here. We can always buy ponchoes and umbrellas so that we don't have to hide.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CQ – Which text service, there's two<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Yes, there's two lists. One is OccupyBoston is for emergencies (dewey being squared). The other is OBUpdates, which is for more general use. We'd have to decide which is appropriate.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal">CQ – Greg – As far as cancelling May 1</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">st</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">GA, any thought of coordinating w/ May 1</span><sup><span style="font-weight: normal">st</span></sup><span style="font-weight: normal">actions.</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – Because there's a funeral march right in time of GA. Thought better not to squeeze GA in.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[skip small group]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – I support this<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – I support this<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOS – I support this as is w/o changing Tues.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
SOC – Brandon – I originally suggested changing Tues, now because of the weather,sI'm concenered about being outside.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A – John – Cancel GA if if the event falls on the same date as a major event or solidarity event. Etc.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Pattie – Not taking ammendments. Will NOT be outdoors Tues.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[reread main points of prop]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[define block]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
No blocks<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Concensus: Passes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Individual Stack:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Patti – Thank everyone for finishing this. I am glad this got done. My individual stack is about Media. I've heard that there's some push on media about possibly disolving. I disagree with that. They've been amazing. People google us to find out info. Media takes care of that, our face to the community online. IT'd be a shame if media wasn't recognized for everything they were done and instead were told they were some how too powerful. I dunno who else could/would step up and do what they do if they stope doing what what they do. Media, like the rest of us, volunteer and do this b/c we want to. I don't think anyone should be criticized.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<span style="font-weight: normal">David – Occupy Quincy – We meet once a week Friday night. 6:30 – 8pm. Normally, proposals are submitted and passed around. With each topic there's a time frame. We're involved w/ talking and discussing them. We are flexible as need be. We usually end on time. If you have one place great. If you're moving around, it's hard for new people to get involved. Frustrating to figure out where it is. Can't text the new person. They may not come again. That's why we meet in one place. It's efficient. We vote, etc. We always hit the whole agenda. I know peopl ewant to move outside. Everyone has their own opinion. That way you can put it on literature if you're in one spot. Don't want some one to get frustrated if they missed meeting. – On the political candiacy issue, both parties have problems. They might handle some of the small issues, but won't tackle the issue of the 1%...the ultimate goal. They have the money, but we have the numbers. – Their meetings are at IHOP</span><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Eric – I was at 4 events today and Occupy wasn't represented hardly at all. We need to work more towards being at these events. We need more representation. Spring time is here. We need to support other demonstrations. We need to have better communication to get out there. We have stimulated this activity from Dewey 6 months ago. Bu we weren't present these past few days at events. We need to organize and mobilize to be there. Support DA<br />
<br />
Q: Any one her from Outreach<br />
<br />
A: They don't exist any more<br />
<br />
C: That explains it.<br />
<br />
Aaron – I'm OWS outreach, I've got numbers I can give you contacts.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Matt H – There are lots of things going on, lots using OB slogans and “ideologoy”. Need to be aware we're not an army. We're lots of little platoons. We need to develop ways to better respond, but I also don't feel like we HAVE to have presence at every march and every rally if we can't step back and think about long term vision, strategy and goals. Some times we need to step back too and continue this work too. Can't always feel bad if we're not there. We need to get bigger so we can do this. We need to discuss how to get bigger. We need balance and perspective.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
John – I”m in the same vein of eric and mat. We need to up our game. WE don't want to badger ourselves and peer pressure. I think it's OK if we became a bit more comfortable w/ peer pressure. I stayed at Camp Charlie every night. What amazed me is the # who stopeed at camp and then they split. NO one HAD to go home, they just did. NO one pusehd them to stay and encouraged them that each head count could have made a difference. WE could have had 100 people there every night. Last night was an affinity group. We didn't announe it b/c we didn't want cops shuttnig it down. We had lots of people come and chat but then leave. What's gonna happen in the spring? Nothing if we don't MAKE it happen. If we're gonna save the world, we gotta change the country. Think about how important you are and try to give a little more.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Alex – I was gonna talk about something else, but the climate forces me to talk about something else. When I was gone in Jan. I went to a TON of other Occupies and talked to Quakers, etc. I went everywhere I could. Caution against the idea that you should have been there, you should have done this. It has ruined other occupies. It has teared groups apaprt. People have lives. People have desires. Not everyone is the kick downthe door type or the sleep on the sidewalk type. We each have own interestes. NO shame to want to go home and do something normal. Do what you feel comfortable at any given time to do to further the movement. You should be happy to do what you can. Your commitment should come from yourself. IF you're gonna push yourself, it should come from YOU if YOU feel you've got more to give. Do it in your own time and do it as you can. I'm not saying it's not OK to ask some one to come, but it's not OK to make them feel obligated. Sometimes we have other things to do.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Matt C – This is a LONG fight, can't make big change in a month or two. We're not building so much as reacting. We need to find balance. Reacting is important, but w/o organization, we won't get shit done. Long fight, not sprint. Need to find self balance that can sustainable. People burn out a lot. I'm still here b/c I've learned to sustain myself. Be as involved as you can be and still sustain yourself. People have different comfort levels and you won't last if you push yourself too much. We need to be nicer to eachother.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Lori – who was at decolonize community gathering? I had the opportunity to go to rights of ??? conference. Report back. I did go and I don't wanan say “represente” but I let them know we were hereI've been working on idiginous rights since “forever”, my entir adult life. It was extraordinary experience. People there from different first nations from all over country. The struggle of indigenous people is parallel to what we're doing here. They're having the same kind of discussions. It was a phenominal experience. They want allies. They made a plea for allies. Before Occupy, I had a concept of doing a website that would be like allies and elders. I want to quantify who the allies are and create a rapid response system so we can support them. Great platform Nation Builder that can hyperlink w/ social media. We'll set up website and coordinate all of the decolonize occupies nationally. Lots of video, multi media and see hwat the struggles are. Navajo just lost their water rights so water can go to fountains in Sedona. Their struggles are crazy but we rarely hear about it. Come see me for more info. IF you think there should be meeting with more formal reportback if you want. I will be doing bigger project with them around “rights”, they're still under the paridime of the larger society. I was asked by an elder to try to faciliitate a way to describe the indegenous concept of their relation w/ mother earth and find some common ground.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Brian – I keep coming u here, sorry. I want to thank you all. I haven't been to GA for a while. I appreciate there's pple who go to GA frequently. You get criticize for white privilege for having all these hours, and there's truth to that, but you're using that to choose to be hereand hold the line. SO thank you for that. We shouldn't take criticizms or critiques personally. It's more of a general feeling that we need to do more outreach to other organizations. At this event, there were ALL KINDS of people there, pretty much anyone in activist boston. The fact we weren't there, ti felt like a gap.Individuals were, but as a group we weren't there. We need to work on our oorganizations and try to be there. Something we need to work on. Let's grow and learn from this.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Aaron – These people all believe they're part of the movement. Talk to them. Invite them in. Go to their events. Go. Show up. Get phone numbers. Organize events with them. IT's easy. That's it.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Ethan – Each time they faciilitate they realize they need to do it more to get better at it. A concern raised by events of this weekend...actually about what Brian said. It's hard to learn not to take things personally but it is a tool to use in their arsenal that is helpful. Hat I wanted to talk about...I'm an effiminate gay man. Gender is something I think about on a day to day basis. I want to raise our consciousness. IT's difficult talking about people, we're not we're always reminded about gender. We make MANY assumptions as we're talking. It's hard to talk about it when people are making these assumptions. When I see a person who I percieve to be a person of color, but they might have been raised in an aryan area. Apply that to gender too. Don't always assume. Please be mindfu ofthat.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes/Apr2012&diff=14196GA/Minutes/Apr20122012-04-25T06:35:21Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_24_2012|Week ?? - Tue Apr 24]] ===<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_17_2012|Week ?? - Tue Apr 17]] ===<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_10_2012|Week 28 - Tue Apr 10]] ===<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Thu_Apr_05_2012|Week 27 - Thu Apr 5]] ===</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_24_2012&diff=14195GA Minutes Tue Apr 24 20122012-04-25T05:30:51Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Announcements == === WGs === * We're some filmmakers from Vancouver trying to make a full length movie about Occupy. Not just on Boston, but generally. We're spending our li..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Announcements ==<br />
=== WGs ===<br />
* We're some filmmakers from Vancouver trying to make a full length movie about Occupy. Not just on Boston, but generally. We're spending our life savings on it. Hopefully you'll have something to watch come December. Is anybody adamant about not being on camera? Our website is occupythemovie.com<br />
* Radio<br />
* Food: Sometimes we seem individual, but that's because some of us are working a lot or providing child care. One thing I'd like the community to think about is which meetings ought to have food. Should the food working group continue to run on it's prior funds, should it be raising money, or should there be more of a potluck atmosphere. We can't turn on a dime. We have to know which days food is going to be need and where. We're volunteers who do this part time.<br />
* QTDAWG: We're having a meeting on Friday at 6 (at the bandstand). We have on banner, but we don't know what happened to the "dykes against fair hikes" banner. If you know, let us know. If you want to be involved in the planning for May Day come to the meeting, we definitely want to have a queer presence there. Email me for more info allie@occupyboston.org. If you don't know, we do protests and stuff related to gender and sexuality based oppression. Allies are welcome.<br />
* SAA: this past week, we had a build-in at Noah's house to work on some of the bikes that were donated to Occupy Boston. They still need more time, so if you have time to work on them let Noah or I know. SAA is sort of an ad-hoc group, we don't have really long WG meetings. We make most of our decisions on the email list. Anybody can join that list. It's saa@lists.occupyboston.org. This week it will be at community church on Sunday. We have 20 bikes. Ariel@occupyboston, ndmc@occupyboston.org if you want to help with the bikes.<br />
* OccupyMBTA: thanks for participation in Camp Charlie! Our WG meetings are 6PM on Fridays at SEIU on West St. Safer Spaces is hosting an analysis of the action (Camp Charlie). The time for that is TBA.<br />
* Facilitation: I wanted to plug the nonviolence WG meeting tomorrow at 3PM at Clear Consciounce Cafe in Central Square, Cambridge. Also, facilitation housekeeping. Tonight is our last night here at Arlington Street Church. Thanks so much! From now on at Tuesday nights we'll be meeting at the foot of the hill on the Boston Common facing the bandstand (and Thursdays). On Saturday we're still meeting at CCB. There's a proposal that might change that, but in the meantime we're meeting at CCB, 5PM on Friday. We also have a brand new GA Digest. Ideally we're going to create an opt-in GA digest mailing list to send that out.<br />
<br />
=== Individual Announcements ===<br />
* Rebecca: I'm the ministerial intern here at Arlington Street Church. I've been working with Facilitation to organize this space for GA. We wanted to give a warm send off. We're interested in how we can stay in a good relationship with Occupy Boston. I believe some working groups are still going to continue to meet here. I also wanted to thank facilitation that have worked well to make this space useable for everything, and to thank everybody who's taken out trash and swept the floor, etc. I also wanted to mention that we have a Friday night supper program every Friday evening.<br />
* Safer Space: We're going to try to pick up speed, because we got really exhausted and bogged down with other stuff that we're doing. We're planning to do action debriefs. We're still trying to figure out if it's possible to do one for the Camp Charlie action. We want to setup an ethic to evaluate actions after each one we do. We'll definitely do that for May First. We're also working with the women's caucus to schedule a public meeting about addressing harm within the community. Our meetings are Saturday at 2PM at e5. We might take them ouside, but we'll make sure to announce that. It would be really great to have your feedback about how to do action debriefs. We also need more people in the group, we've been very small so far. A relatively recent thing we did was pass this commitment to challenge oppression. One thing we're doing is figure out how we're going to live up to that. I want to read a really quick thing, this is helping me think about personal anti-oppression: "Challenge yourself to be honest and open and address racism, sexism and other forms of oppression. If you encounter some address it on the spot, either 1-on-1 or with allies. Challenge the behavior, not the person. Don't generalize feelings, thoughts, and behaviors towards the whole group. Recognize when somebody offers criticism about oppressive behavior and treat it as a gift. Challenge macho, bravado, or rugged individualism in yourself or others. Take on the grunt work of cooking, cleaning, sending emails, take initiative, etc. Don't feel guilty, feel responsible. Take part in the solution, not the problem." If you're interested in developing community practices email saferspaces@occupyboston.org, but the best thing to do is come to the Saturday meetings. I also wanted to make a disclaimer, I have a friend with me here who's a member of the German press, so just in the interested of safer spaces, people should be aware.<br />
* Megan: I study journalism at BU, and for my final I'm doing a story on Occupy Boston on what's next. I was hoping I could interview folks and ask some questions at the end. If you feel comfortable I'll be around.<br />
* Jen: Today Mass Senior Action has their Ride action at the State House, and they were treated horribly. It started at 2:30. The police told us to disperse. At one point somebody started speaking and did a mic check. So that was it.<br />
* Steve & Tiffany: We both work as organized with United Autoworkes Unions. We want you to know what's happening with the adjunct professors at UMass Lowell. Adjuncts teach the majority of classes but are treated poorly by the administration. For the last year they've been fighting very hard to form a union contract with the administration. So this has been a really important struggle, and we wanted to let you know about that. We're going to be having a rally next Wednesday in Lowell, 11:30, on the South Campus. We wanted to give this information out. Public education is under attack everywhere. We'd also like to ask if you'll endorse this action and support the adjunct's union.<br />
* Matt: On 8PM on May Day we're having a funeral for capitalism.<br />
* Ariel: I'm making this announcement on behalf of Noah. Coming up is the 100th aniversary of the bread & roses strike, and the Yiddish Choir is doing a song/show thing and they want to write in Occupy into their play, which is pretty awesome. So, they want to have our voice there. They want us to write a mic check. There will be a mic check during the show, so they people to lead it and to be in it. If you want to lead it you should to to the rehersal tomorrow night at the Teacher's Union Hall in Dorchester tomorrow night at 6:30. The show is 4PM on Sunday. RSVP to Noah, ndmc@occupyboston.org.<br />
* Allie: I don't know how many of you were here last Saturday, but we passed a proposal to have a new decision making process during GA. I was hoping we were going to use this process tonight, but the person who was going to use the new process didn't show up, so we're not going to use it tonight, but I justed wanted to make sure everybody remembered that they have the option to use it. You don't have to have a clear proposal to use the new process. I also have copies of OB's committment to anti-oppression if anybody wants it.<br />
<br />
== Proposals ==<br />
* (Facilitor explains the hand signals & process)<br />
* There are two rollovers and two new proposals<br />
=== Rollovers ===<br />
** Changing the GA schedule<br />
** Expiditing proposals through the GA<br />
=== New Proposals ===<br />
** To move GA on May 5 to JP, where they're doing an event.<br />
** We're going to be having a rally next Wednesday in Lowell for the adjunct union. We'd like OB to endorse that action.<br />
=== Ordering the Proposals ===<br />
* Currently: Changing the GA schedule, Expiditing proposal through the GA, endorsing the rally in Lowell, moving the GA to May 5 to JP.<br />
* The order has been changed to allow the Lowell proposal to go through first.<br />
<br />
=== Endorsing an action in Lowell for the adjunct professor's union ===<br />
* We're going to see if we can streamline the process for this proposal.<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: Can you lay out what is going to happen during the rally, speakers, etc?<br />
** We've invited speakers from the students, different orgs, etc.<br />
* CC: I've never been to UMass Lowell, is it easy to get to from the commuter rail?<br />
** It's a 40 minute car ride. You can take commuter rail right from downtown and take a bus.<br />
==== Consensus ====<br />
* The proposal passes.<br />
<br />
=== Changing the GA schedule ===<br />
* My proposal is simple: to eliminate Tues & Thurs GAs, and to move SAA which happen on Sundays to Tuesdays at 7PM. The new schedule would be SAA on Tuesday at a location TBD, and GA at CCB on Saturday (at 7PM).<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* POI: City Life meets on Tuesdays, so there'd be a conflict.<br />
* CC: Since some people can't make weekends, and some other people can't make weekdays, so why only one on a weekend?<br />
** We need some place outside of GA to organize. Saturday seemed to me to be the one that most people would be able to get to. I feel like the pace right now in terms of GA is too quick. They take a lot of energy to put on. If GAs happen at a pace that is too fast or frequent for the community to attend regularly, that's a problem. <br />
* CC: Is there any consideration of swapping around the time of the GA from week to week?<br />
* POI: If it's just Saturdays, I'll probably never be there. I'll feel kind of excluded.<br />
* CC: What's CCB?<br />
** Community Church of Boston in Copley, where we meet.<br />
==== Small group discussions ====<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* I think that as a person, who attempted to live a normal live while also attending every GA and wanted to die, I think that it's good to lower the load of General Assemblies, because it's a huge commitment right now.<br />
* I also feel that the need is there to reduce the number and length of time spent at GA, so I applaud the spirit of this proposal. I have an ammendment.<br />
* I like the idea of cutting the number. I think having one a week if we did some thinking about how to make it more interesting and perhaps having something like a potluck. I think we'll have bigger GAs if we just had one a week, and it might give us more momentum.<br />
* This will move us towards being more inclusive. Right now it's really hard for people to have fifteen hours for people to devote to OB GAs, and we see the same faces each time. This is supposed to be a powerful space for collective decision making and now it's watered down. I think it would be a great idea if Thursday nights and other nights we still assembled together, perhaps a potluck or skill share.<br />
* The people of color WG is planning a GA in Roxbury and I think we are making space for that to happen. I don't know exactly what their timeline is, but it should happen in a couple months, and when that happens we'll be ready to go there as a community. I also can't wait for all the other stuff that we can do with our weeknights when we have less GAs. Our groups meetings will be more schedulable. <br />
* I support this.<br />
* Occupy Arlington has one GA a week and they're averaging 40-60 people. The same location often has WG meetings before and after it.<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* We used to have GA twice a day, I feel like we went from 14 to 4 to make space for the WGs, and they started meeting for a while and eventually met less frequently and some dissolved. While there might be some benefits I feel like it's a crapshoot. We should be having more GAs. It's not that hard for people to get to Roxbury, and it's not that hard for people in Roxbury to get here. If people aren't coming here either they're not feelin it or they have other stuff to do. I just don't see this as being much benefit to us.<br />
* I see this as potentially harming our movement. We justed added a new process to our GA that is going to allow us to have better discussions about things like politics and values. I believe we need to decide where we're going over the next few months in some collective process. We need to take the time to do that before we change our structure. The structure we have should serve our organizational objectives. Part of what Occupy is, is to be something bigger than a small community group. I see this proposal as devolving us into smaller group. In my experience when you start dropping meetings you don't get them back.<br />
* There are people who are in our movement who can't stand for long period of time and need restrooms, so I'm assuming that's why this one meeing a week is indoors. For issues of visibility and that POC is planning to start having GAs in Roxbury. I think that if it was instead, and will amend, that if it was one weekday and one weekend it'd be better. I've been an advocate of using GAs of outreach, and we can't do that if GA is indoors.<br />
* This feels really premature. There is such a push to repurpose what GA means. This is a bad process, we can do better than this. We can change the process. Also, if we give up this time, we're not going to get it back. This is going to happen based on every organizing thing that I've been apart of over the past decade. Some things I'm pushing for personally is what else can we use GA for? There's a lot of baggage attached to words that do not need to be there. If we don't have a central point to get together we're going to lose coordination between WGs, and it could be the death of our momentum. With 3 a week you can choose one that suits you. If there's only one there might be people which we never see again. This is a block level concern.<br />
* I support what Matt & Carolyn said. I would like to challenge the assumption that with only one meeting a week we'll be bigger. There are some people who can only come one night a week, and if you don't pick their night, they're gone. We've replaced GAs with other things like SAAs, but their attendance isn't any better, so it's just the boring structure that's keeping people away. I was just at the teach-in at Brandeis today about Occupy, and somebody said there that one of the things that makes Occupy different is that we have a shared, common, space where we interact as a group. I don't feel like that this point that it makes sense to eliminate 2 of 3 of those spaces. A long term strategy of where we want to be should occur before we start cutting the wheels off the cart. There a lot of talk about the difference between Occupy as a movement as as an organization. A movement is made up of a lot of organizations, and they're not always organized. I wan't to be in a medium-large organization, not as a wart. I think we need something that's more cohesive here than a bunch of working groups.<br />
* I do support that rethinking some of how we use our time and energy is a smart thing. At the same time, I think going down to one GA is what I'm going to express the biggest concern for. One of the things that has frustrated me personally and politically is that I'm not seeing us yet take a very developmental perspective on what we're building. That's a time investment: to build community. Politicaly speaking, we've yet to even begin thinking about how we're going to build a cohesive political analysis. I'm much more in favor, now, of staying with two a week, and one of them being much more discussion orientated. I've never considered doing a block before, but this has me considering it. At the same time, I really love that we're trying to figure this out.<br />
* One assembly is alienating to a large group of people. I wanted to express right now my frustrated of the commodification of the voices in our community to the numbers of people. Rather than talking about our friends who won't be able to get here we're talking about the numbers of people we might or might not have. I don't know if that's necessarily a concern on the proposal itself, but I'm concerned that it's going on. I sometimes feel like I'm sometimes on a long death march away from Dewey Square. Eventually there's going to be one person left with $10,000 and they win. I'm sad, this makes me sad, and I'm concerned about it.<br />
* Reducing the GAs to one a week, I think, threatens the movement. We won't get the community we have here. I think seeing the community at least twice a week will be strong and good. I think we should be outside on Saturday for maximum visibility and be inside on Tuesday. We need at least twice a week, and the weekday one should be inside. <br />
* I see it going down hill and I'm very concerned about the idea that some people might not be able to go during the week, and some people might not be able to go during the weekend. Also, I'm just feeling very negative right now about this. I want to remind folks that this is a political movement. We have to commit a lot of time to this. We have to think beyond just ourselves to other people who may want more than once a week, and we want as much attention as we can get, which means more than one meeting a week. I'm also in interested in this new process, so maybe we should have more time to just deal with that. I think this is not solvable by taking away GAs, it's solvable by ideas such as major recruitment, we could also have a retreat maybe, some time this summer. Other people may only be able to come one night a week, and we can't afford to have less people. There are people in the future who may only be able to come during the weekend or during the week.<br />
* To the best of my knowledge people are voting with their feet. Tuesdays are the best attended, Thursdays are the least attended. What we have right now, in effect, is two GAs, Tues and Sat. A lot of people, including myself want more discussion time, we voted on a new process to make that better for us. At the same time we want fewer meetings so we can do more things. I'm going to ask people to think beyond their pet projects and think about the rest of us. And also to give the new process a chance.<br />
* If we use a less academic and beuracratic process we'll have more people here.<br />
* I think the proposal is a step in the right directions. I can basically come to one a week and that's it. I think if we had one a week and one meeting which was a community discussion that'd be good. I agree that it's hard to have one outside I think that meetings like this are a lot better inside. I don't want us to become a confederation of working groups.<br />
* I think we should give the outdoor GAs and the new process a shot.<br />
* We're speeding along too much. We've been hiding in church basements and we need to be outside and let that sink in a bit. The problem of our numbers is because we're not outside. Once we go back outside and once school ends we'll get more people again.<br />
* I'm a little scared of what will happen if we start cutting down. I feel like right now, if we cut down to only one GA a week, that we are probably not going to attract people back and we might lose people because of scheduling, and that scares me. I like the idea of switching the SAA to Tuesdays, but I'm not sold on having only one GA a week. It scares me to think that this could shoot ourselves in the foot.<br />
* I hear a lot of people saying that one is way too few, so maybe two. I'm burning out, and that's either going to make me walk out of the movement. I need to do fun stuff too, and GA is not my life. It's something to consider. You don't have to be at GA to do OB stuff.<br />
* One thing about GAs that are different in OB is how long the GAs are. When I go to GA in other places they're two hours long instead of five. What if, instead of having fewer GAs we have shorter GAs. <br />
* I have a concern that there might be some element of reactivity that a number of these proposals embody as the result of the experience of having the GAs (and people) attacked, that say that they're boring, useless, etc. I've said those things too. Yet, there's an intuitive fear that I have, that to defend against criticism or acknowledging that there are real principled differences between us that we are in some kind of unintentional unconsciousness, and there might be some kind of angst of trying to get it right to try and get everybody back together again. I'm concerned that the unresolved issues that caused so much conflict, has some part on our sense of urgency to fix it.<br />
* We should learn to pace ourselves. We don't have to be at everything all the time.<br />
* I think it's pertinent that we think outside the box. I went to a lot of Occupies and there were a lot of places that had gotten rid of GA. When they took them away they couldn't get them back. And more interestingly there was a quick turnaround for people to say "oh, I really want that back". They got into this weird limbo where 60% really wanted GA back and 40% didn't. I worry about the one day a week because whether it's inside or outside it alienates people. I can't deal with outside GAs, so just having one GA outside would end GAs for me. I really with that we kind of thought about ways to have community in this time and space before we do something like this. There's definitely a lot more room to think outside the box with this. I don't want anybody in this community to feel pressured, like they have to come everyday a week. Part of being a community means others can voice your concerns even when you're not around.<br />
==== Friendly Amendments ====<br />
* I amend that we have two GAs a week, and leave the SAA alone.<br />
* I'm feeling a lot of negativity! There were so many people talking about fears that the movement would dissipate if we take away GAs. With this proposal we would find a way to make it work, we'd find new structures to fill the space. I think that having two is a great amendment. However, my amendment is to have GA on Tuesday, SAA on Sunday, and leave Saturday open for events. If we have a big rally on Sat and want it to culminate in GA we should be able to do it.<br />
* We should have two GAs. I think that's a good compromise. One SAA, two GAs. The second part of it is to leave an open space for a GA that goes to different communities in Boston. We have activists in other communities, and it would take some time to setup, but we'd get used to it eventually. Rotate the Thursday to communities who are under represented.<br />
* I amend that we table this for precisely one month to give our recent changes time.<br />
* I propose that we eliminate the Thursday GA, unless we are going to turn it into a roving GA. I think we need to retain the Tues and Sat GAs. <br />
* To turn one of the GAs into an offset (having it every 6 days or every 8 days) so that it eventually happens every day of the week.<br />
* To keep three GAs, and to add a traveling GA on Sunday before SAA.<br />
* I say we table this, and we won't bring it up until we have a summit about what the movement actually stands for.<br />
* We bring it down to Tuesday and Saturday, and perhaps having a roving GA or, just a discussion time. We also need to figure out this new process, maybe that will convince more people to come. Maybe wait for a month.<br />
* That every decision that the OB GA passes are announced at the next GAs that week and that people be given the opportunity to block afterwards, so everybody doesn't have to be at any particular GA.<br />
* First, I think we should not specify what days the GAs should be, and just leave the proposal just cutting down the number, so GA can change the days after that. Secondly, I think that cutting down the number of GAs should be linked with setting agendas for proposals, so people know what to expect. <br />
* I'm hearing that a lot of people are interested in having this proposal tabled and to have more discussion, and I wonder if taking the time to take this proposal through a priority process thing, or once we figure out how to change one of the GAs into some kind of discussion thing. Maybe if we take some time to do that research and change the process before we make any decisions to cut GAs. I guess I'm recommending a community meeting to change one of the GAs to a discussion process before we cut it.<br />
==== Proposer Responds ====<br />
* This clearly is not going to be a decision which unites us. I'll pledge to come back in two weeks or a month with a reworked proposal. I've been going to facilitation for a long time, and have spent a long time arguing about how to GAs better, and that takes up a hole hell of a lot of time. We keep having GAs, and I'm pretty sure that all the proposals on stack tonight (before the folks from Lowell showed up) were about GAs. That concerns me, because we're spending way too much time at GA talking about GA. We need to be a community taking action. The concerns that I'm hearing concern me a little bit. On the one hand we want to have 3 GAs a week and we want to be accessible. But this is also the place where we make decisions as a community, and we seem to also be saying that "if you don't want to go to GA, don't go to GA." That's hard for me to reconcile. I agree that we need to find a way to be outside and inside. That's probably what I'll come back with. The other tension that we probably need to resolve, and that we need to think about is that there are people in the room who want more time for discussion, and there are also people in the room who want more time for WG and affinity group organizing. We need to figure out how much organizing we need to do, and how much needs to happen in GA. I had emailed what's left of the media WG about possibly doing a poll, because I thought this might not get resolved tonight. It might be useful as a resource, even if everybody can't get to that.<br />
<br />
=== Expediting proposal through GA ===<br />
* I propose to create a consent stack which is a list of proposal that can be considered to address subjects around which a broad consensus can be reached. Proposals are grouped together in a stack or package. There would be no discussion about the proposals themselves beyond clarifying questions. If any member feels that any proposal or proposals required discussion, it would be pulled out and considered as part of the regular proposal process. The remaining items in the consent stack would be adopted by unanimous vote. The consent stack would be considered after announcements and before the scheduled agenda.<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: Who decides what goes into this stack? Facilitation, the proposer, or is it set before GA?<br />
** There's beens ome concern about notification of propsals, so I opted not to include it in this proposal, it's up to the proposer.<br />
* CC: Are you familiar with the use of this technique to know how often or in what ways it can be abused?<br />
** The major concern for our purposes is notification, it was felt that it would be too much of a burden so I didn't include it in the proposal.<br />
* CC: Isn't an example of this the folks from Lowell who came today? Would they get a chance to speak?<br />
** Yes, in fact, it would have made it a smoother process, and we'd still hear what they had to say.<br />
* CC: Is there any concern that somebody with a more controversial proposal can just dump it in here?<br />
** No, because a single person's reservation is enough to take it out of the expedited stack.<br />
* CC: How is this different, or the same from the rollover?<br />
** These proposals would be considered before rollovers, because they're straightforward. <br />
* POI: They've been using something like this in Spain for a while.<br />
==== Small Group Discussion ====<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* There's a lot of things that we agree on that we don't agree on because we don't have a process that allows things to be passed without talking for an hour and a half. I also like the idea of not having an expedited process without confusion.<br />
* We saw an example of how this could work tonight, and it seems to work when we do it informally.<br />
* This will leave more time to debate things that need to be debated.<br />
* Even courts do this.<br />
* This is one of the key things that we've been missing in our process.<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* Even though I support this proposal I'm concerned because if everybody in the room says "this is a no-brainer" but my quiet self thinks something should go on stack, everybody else in the room is going to go "fuck you". It's a lot of peer-pressure, which is what our process tries to avoid.<br />
* I do think that it's very important to have some kind of mechanism for expedience. There have been proposals, which weren't necessarily bad or poorly intentioned, but they were decisive.<br />
* I think this would be very effective at stopping time wasting, but I'm concerned that it's going to stop well thought out proposals from being discussed.<br />
* Right now this isn't something that I'm concerned about this, but last week I would be, and I probably will be in the future. Sometimes I don't mind statements of solidarity but sometimes I think they're bad and we should stop doing them entirely. It's not like we're committing to go to these things but we're just saying... "yes". I think this might encourage more proposals just looking for some kind of GA approval stamp for endorsements.<br />
* This puts a lot of power into the proposer's hands to decide whats controversial to people. I feel like the community should be making those decisions. I also worry that in it's form right now, the proposal doesn't encourage people to do different things with their proposals. It doesn't encourage people to do something more active with the endorsement type proposals, like commiting to attending those things, etc.<br />
==== Amendments ====<br />
* All proposals should get on the consent stack, because I think we should get used to even one person raising their voice "I think this should be discussed". Then we also take away the power from the proposer to decide "is this controversial". We'll get used to being intentional about being "yes, we want to talk about it." Again, we should have every proposal be on the consent stack, and to make sure we have a very facilitated safe space, where even one person who's very shy and doesn't often speak up can say "I have an issue with that."<br />
* As a computer science nerd I cannot continue to go along calling this a "stack" because it not a stack. We should call it a batch instead.<br />
* To not have a separate-bucket-popcorn-box but to have every proposal go through this amendment.<br />
* When somebody has a concern, the people next to that person should raise their hand for them, so that's person alone.<br />
==== Proposer Returns ====<br />
* I'll accept the amendment that all proposals go through this process. As for the name, we can call it "consent agenda" rather than stack. I'll also say that it's options for somebody else to raise somebody's concern.<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* Nope<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* It's awesome<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* Nope<br />
==== Amendments ====<br />
* I'll amend that rather than say that safer spaces are optional, to say that we will create a non-oppressive safe space for people to raise concerns.<br />
==== Blocks ====<br />
* Facilitator reads the definition of blocks.<br />
* There has been a call for quorum.<br />
==== Quorum ====<br />
* Facilitator reads the definition of quorum.<br />
* We do not have quorum, so this proposal will roll over until Thursday.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes/Apr2012&diff=14194GA/Minutes/Apr20122012-04-25T05:30:11Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_24_2012|Week ?? - Tue Apr 24]] ===<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Apr_10_2012|Week 28 - Tue Apr 10]] ===<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Thu_Apr_05_2012|Week 27 - Thu Apr 5]] ===</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418&diff=14047WG/OBIT/Minutes/1204182012-04-19T00:33:26Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Tonight is supposed to be a work meeting<br />
* Groups<br />
* Daily Digest<br />
* Wordpress Dev Environment<br />
* Everyone List Proposal<br />
** https://pad.riseup.net/p/everyone-list-prop<br />
** This draft was finalized and emailed out to members from the other groups involved.<br />
* Next week on Wednesday we're going to have an overview of Drupal</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418&diff=14046WG/OBIT/Minutes/1204182012-04-19T00:24:23Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Tonight is supposed to be a work meeting<br />
* Groups<br />
* Daily Digest<br />
* Wordpress Dev Environment<br />
* Everyone List Proposal<br />
** https://pad.riseup.net/p/everyone-list-prop<br />
** This draft was finalized and emailed out to members from the other groups involved.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418&diff=14042WG/OBIT/Minutes/1204182012-04-18T23:22:36Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Tonight is supposed to be a work meeting<br />
* Groups<br />
* Daily Digest<br />
* Wordpress Dev Environment<br />
* Everyone List Proposal<br />
** https://pad.riseup.net/p/everyone-list-prop</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418&diff=14041WG/OBIT/Minutes/1204182012-04-18T23:22:05Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Tonight is supposed to be a work meeting<br />
* Groups<br />
* Daily Digest<br />
* Wordpress Dev Environment<br />
* Everyone List Proposal</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14040WG/OBIT2012-04-18T23:17:06Z<p>Brandon: /* How Tos */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110118 | January 18 (OBIT/Media)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Creating_A_Develpment_Environment_for_groups_version_2 | Creating a groups.occupyboston.org (v2) Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14039WG/OBIT2012-04-18T23:16:51Z<p>Brandon: /* How Tos */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110118 | January 18 (OBIT/Media)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Creating_A_Develpment_Environment_for_groups_version_2 Creating a groups.occupyboston.org (v2) Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14037WG/OBIT2012-04-18T23:15:29Z<p>Brandon: /* How Tos */</p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110118 | January 18 (OBIT/Media)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Creating a occupyboston.org Development Environment]]<br />
* [[Getting Started With GnuPG]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418&diff=14035WG/OBIT/Minutes/1204182012-04-18T22:59:15Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Tonight is supposed to be a work meeting<br />
* Groups<br />
* Daily Digest<br />
* Wordpress Dev Environment</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418&diff=14033WG/OBIT/Minutes/1204182012-04-18T22:53:27Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Proposed Agenda == * Groups * Daily Digest * Wordpress Dev Environment"</p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Groups<br />
* Daily Digest<br />
* Wordpress Dev Environment</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=14032WG/OBIT2012-04-18T22:51:59Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110118 | January 18 (OBIT/Media)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120415 | April 15]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120418 | April 18]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
* [[Creating a MediaWiki Development Environment]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Thu_Mar_29_2012&diff=13791GA Minutes Thu Mar 29 20122012-03-30T20:19:33Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== WG Announcements == * Inreach: The open house is coming up. It'll be awesome! * Safer Spaces: We're going to be talking tonight and saturday night during GAs about values and..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== WG Announcements ==<br />
* Inreach: The open house is coming up. It'll be awesome!<br />
* Safer Spaces: We're going to be talking tonight and saturday night during GAs about values and what we bring to spaces we Occupy. Medics will also present on Saturday to give a presentation on protestor health and safety.<br />
* Occupy MBTA: April 4th at the State House! If you have any connections to any organizations we might not know about please get in touch with us. We want this to be a big day with lots of people there.<br />
* Veterans for Peace: I just want to thank everybody for the St. Patty's Day peace parade. The year before there were about 500 people. This year we had about 1700. So thanks! I hope to see you all tomorrow at Copley at 6PM for the Palestine march.<br />
* Icarus Project: Meeting Sunday, 1PM at City Place<br />
* Thompson Island: Meeting tomorrow at 6PM.<br />
** CC: Is this either or, or, both and?<br />
** A: Both!<br />
* 99% Spring: There were 120 trainers trained last week. There are dozens of trainings coming up over the next weeks to put people into actions and to connect with eachother. It's been an interesting way for the MoveOn folks to interact with the SCIU and union folks. Go online and check it out if you're interested.<br />
** CC: What are they training people for?<br />
** A: There's a piece of it about economy, and people sharing stories. Who broke the economy? There are also sections about nonviolent direct action, how to think about it strategicly.<br />
* Faciliation: We meet at City Place every night there's a GA, starting two hours before the GA. We're having at least one more longer form meeting April 11 at City Place at 5PM. There's no obligation to attend the whole meeting. It'd be great if people could come and give input.<br />
<br />
== Individual Announcements ==<br />
* Brandon: Please keep side conversations in check so I can take effective notes.<br />
* Patrick: Monday is the chess meeting, 4PM, 27 Yarmouth St, Apt #3 in Back Bay.<br />
<br />
== Thankful Thursday ==<br />
* I'm thankful for the activity and passion surrounding public transportation. I'm thankful they unchained the gates in OWS and let 100s of people in. And I'm thankful for all the work that's being done here in Boston.<br />
* I feel greatful for the acceptance I feel within Occupy Boston.<br />
* Vegetables are really good, especially if you cook them by themselves with a couple spices. I'm thankful that I'm aware that some of them are genetically modified. I'm thankful that my boyfriend will be in town this weekend and you'll see him around. I'm thankful that we still have oxygen around.<br />
* I'm thankful for Ethan because he always makes me laugh. I'm also thankful for the Veterans for Peace for inviting us to take part in that parade, even if we had to wait around for a few hours, which is indicitive of how the system treats folks who don't agree.<br />
** I'd just like to let you know that VFP backs Occupy Boston 100%, and whatever we're in we're proud to have OB come and join us.<br />
* I'm grateful for the breadth of response to Trayvon Martin's murder, and how something that just could have disappeared has rippled and rippled and rippled et cetera.<br />
* I'm really thankful because Occupy gave me a reason to stop drinking.<br />
* I just recently moved with a bunch of people who are related to Occupy, and I'm a lot happier and more satisfied. I'm just so happy that I met these people and I'm having some new experiences. Thanks.<br />
* I'm from Copenhagen and thought I would drop in, and I'm happy to be here!<br />
<br />
== Safer Spaces Discussion ==<br />
[Anna & Matt facilitating]<br />
<br />
* Anna: I love these Thursday GAs because they're a little smaller.<br />
* Anna: I think it'd be good if we could introduce ourselves first. [Everybody does so].<br />
* Anna: We only have an hour, do we have somebody timing?<br />
** Ethan: yup.<br />
<br />
* Anna: We want to talk a bit first about the resources that we have, just in general. We also then want to talk about how we're bringing that to A1 and the actions at Dewey. [Passes around statement of commitment to challenge oppression]. This is the statement we passed previously, it's sort of a values statement. One of the things we should talk about is 'how do we make sure thats there even when we gather outdoors and when we have a large group?'. We've been collaborating with other groups. We've been working with medics, woman's caucuss, etc. We're also going to start working on protocols for how does the community address the situation when a disruption occurs. We had those in Dewey but they were reactionay, so we want to come up with version 2.0 with a more principled response. I'll also say that even though we don't have those things in place, we've still been coordinating a response to situations that have happened since Dewey, like finding mediation, etc. If you ask us to help you with something like that, we can connect you.<br />
* Matt: Maybe we should go ahead and introduce what we know about A1.<br />
** Anna: At noon, along with free food will be faith & spirituality. Sarcastic march at 1. At 3PM queer DA will be doing a clothing swap, so bring all sorts of things you don't want. At 4:30 there will be an open stack, and at 5:30 there will be a GA. At 8:00 there will be the second meeting of the DA reboot. The first DA reboot meeting was yesterday. <br />
* Anna: Since we have a small group we probably don't want to do breakout groups, right?<br />
** [Cold temp check]<br />
<br />
* Anna: I prepared a few questions. People can suggest more if they want.<br />
## "How do we maintain that space?"<br />
## "How do we handle uncertainty while maintaining solidarity with eachother? Nobody knows what will happen at Dewey."<br />
<br />
* Joseph: What I heard is there's a rumor going around that it's supposed to be a joke to go to Dewey Square come April First. That doesn't sound very funny to me. So I need to know if this is a joke, because if it is, then it needs to come out into the open.<br />
** Linda: I'm grateful for you stating your concern & question. It seems to me really appropriate that it comes right after the question "how can we be together the 1st". What I understood Anna to say, and what I understood from other people is that people don't know what's going to happen on Sunday, and there's going to be people with lots of different expecations. That's what camp was like too.<br />
** Ridgely: I just wanted to say that I think April 1st was picked because it's April Fools Day, and that's a day that we celebrate fun and jokes, and we don't take things to seriously. That's a day were we celebrate the unexpected. I think the joke is to play a joke on the police system because they don't know whats going to happen either.<br />
** Rich: My understanding is that it started as a joke, but it's evolved into something else where people are planning actions. So far as I know there's no decision on an Occupation. What I've heard is that if people come with tents they'll be encouraged to not set them up, at least until after GA.<br />
** Jesse James: I remember how passionate we were in Dewey Square, and I think that it's going to take more time to recapture that passion. As much as I'd like to go back to Dewey I think we need to wait.<br />
** Zoey: One think I think we're forgetting is that a lot of people who aren't at this meeting is that a lot of people who live in other states are going to be coming down to the event on Sunday, and there is an expectation that something big is going to happen. If it's strategically beneficial to set up camp at Dewey then let's do that, if it isn't then we should respect that and hold out. If we do set up an encampment we have to expect that a lot of the people who the group considers undesirable are going to come back as well. We could just end up dealing with community issues, and do we want that as a movement?<br />
** Cathy: To the question that you raised about welcoming and making the April 1st experience one which people feel like they can participate in: at Dewey we had the welcoming tent to welcome new people and invite them in, recognizing that it's an unexpected afternoon. This is sort of the beginning of a regenerative process, there really is time for that to unfold. Should it end up with people getting arrested right away there won't be much time for that to regenerate.<br />
** Joseph: I like the input that I'm hearing, but there is still an issue that has to be addressed with this GA. We have to come to some understanding. Is this going to backfire? The mayor stated that if we put up any tents anywhere we're going to get beat-down and arrested. Is this what we're going to expect on Sunday? Is it worth going through this agravation as a joke? No.<br />
** Anna: I'm getting some signal that people want to move on and hear some other people think, so I'm going to close the stack here after the next couple think.<br />
** Ethan: When we don't know what's going to happen the natural human reaction is to speculate. So when we continually talk about what we don't know that breeds more speculation and not-knowing. So I think it's potentially healthier to embrace the unknown and plan for it in individual ways. If we are all knowing what we're going to do, what we're going to do in affinity groups, what we're going to do in larger groups, and we plan for that, that's going to be the best way to handle that.<br />
<br />
* Anna: How do we maintain 'Take Back Dewey' as a space of celebration?<br />
** Alex: I like the idea of a welcoming community. I also think it would be a good idea if people there could speak out about what happened the first time they came to Dewey Square. If the welcoming community could show people where different parts of camp were. So that way our history isn't some oppressive thing that they're not part of.<br />
** Bil: CC: As far as I know there isn't much of the way in planning for A1 yet? As far as I know there isn't anyone actually doing anything?<br />
*** Anna: hang on, we just read the schedule.<br />
*** Ethan: there's a facebook group setup with a schedule of what's going on, and people are organizing these things.<br />
*** Alex: There is also an ironic march happening at 1, there is a group organizing it.<br />
*** Anna: QDA is doing the clothing swap. A guy from F&S is doing the sacred space thing. I'm not sure who's organizing the open mic, but I don't know if anybody needs to.<br />
*** Linda: There's also a livestream training in the afternoon.<br />
*** Somebody said the library would be there.<br />
*** We're also hoping that there will be games.<br />
**** CC: The question is are there people actually organizing it?<br />
**** A: I thought there were.<br />
<br />
* Angela: What I've not understood yet, how does anybody access the people who are planning this? How come it hasn't been more transparent? That's making me very nervous.<br />
** John: I created this event in January, and brought the proposal to Feb. Then after that during the SAA meetings people decided to start planning for the day. All we settled on was lunch at noon and the satire march.<br />
** Linda: POI: I think that this has been a problem: the communication of community events. And now we have the [Daily] Digest is back, and I think thats going to serve this function going forward.<br />
** John: Livestream, F&S, QDA, all just jumped on board. I just went to GA and asked to have the GA there. It's WGs or Affinity Groups just doing what they want.<br />
<br />
* Ethan: I think what we're seeing here is that there's still a lot of uncertainty, and that's a barrier of getting to the first question.<br />
** Anna: should we switch the questions?<br />
** Ethan: to me this started out as an April Fools thing, and then other people said "that's really cool, let's do something", and then it did become something where people realized "oh, this is becoming bigger than intended." Part of me is OK with that and part of me is wary of that.<br />
<br />
* Angela: I think that one of things that is the rub for me, is how do we more forward with A1, or any other day or aspect of a particular thing is that there should be a way for people to access information about it. What I'd like to see for that day is that some group of people be designated as some kind of coordination body, so everybody isn't just standing together wondering "well, what do we do now?" This confusion is when ichyness and unsettledness, and especially if somebody hasn't bee there before tension surfaces. And I also don't know how we're going to deal with other people doing spontaneous actions that may or may not fit in with some people's notions of celebration or secure space where people don't have to worry about police bashing our heads in. So if there's any way that between now and Sunday for us to have our arms around what is happening, and somebody who people can go to if they have questions or contributions.<br />
* Patty: with respect to a day of celebration, I'm not interested with being in New York and fighting with police. I know that people are planning on doing shit and I hope that they do it autonomously so that we don't have to run away. I'm worried about the people who can't be in Dewey and how we can incorporate them in. There's plenty of room on the Fed side to set things up. I'd like to do sparklers on the Fed side. I'd like to get to the sparklers before somebody puts a tent down and forces everybody to get arrested or run away.<br />
* Dan: I guess I was just going to suggest bracing uncertainty, because tactically whatever happens that day, uncertainty is going to be one of our greatest allies.<br />
* Bob: They way I'm looking at this is this is what's going to happen: we're going to have a bunch of people down there looking to have a good time. There might be a few people looking to put up tents, which would irritate police. In my opinion, if we stick to the bricks and stay off the grass we can make the police looks like fools for being down there for nothing. We can still have a good party time. The reason I say this is because I sat in on a police meeting related to the parade, somebody said when they reviewed the tape on Oct. 11, one Lieutenant said "we really blew it", because they attacked a woman wearing an American flag. And after that BPD backed off a bit. We're trying to attract people to us, not drive them away. When I go into Dewey or S. Station there is a part of my heart that gets tugged on. We're there to show people that we are honestly there for them. We can do this. We can have the sparklers and we can do everything else and there'll be a million cops standing around collecting a big paycheck scratching their heads saying "what're we doing here."<br />
* Linda: I think that uncertainly is really key to how we celebrate. It's going to be uncertain and that is a blessing, because that's how we'll grow. But I think if we can stay in tune with eachother that'd be great. Oct. 10th and 11th we did do that. That action was started by an autonomous action and a GA of several hundred people came to unity about that. And that was mostly spontaneous. So I think we have a track record of doing things well. But I really like the idea of info tables, one on Dewey and one across the street. We can have donation boxes as a source of revenue for us. That can be a place where the welcomers are stationed or working out of. Joseph has his very stong opinion about what he wanted to see happen and I think people are goinhg to have very strong opinions, and I just hope that we can be kind to eachother and open hearted about whatever does occur. There may very well be people who have intentions to do things which are plivery provocative, and that's live. We can talk about having folks ready to act as mediators to be ready to facilitate some kind of conversation about these things.<br />
* I have to say that I'm troubled by the idea of people using this opportunity to provoke. That's news to me. 1. I think that April Fools Day is not just one day. We've worked hard with a lot of allies for A4, and if we screw up on Sunday it's really going to hurt our efforts planning A4. That's what we're always running into, a few people jeopardizing the whole movement. I think this is what we need to focus on, how much autonomy do we allow. The sillier we look and the more we're willing to play games and do fun things, with all the police around, that's an incredible media event, and will attract more people to the open house and A4. I'm really concerned now about it being jeopardized.<br />
* John: Sparklers are illegal in MA. Maybe we shouldn't bring them. I was one of 4 who carried the first tent over to the new camp in October, which I still feel guilty about On A1 I'm going to go around and make sure people don't set up tents. We're going to see a bunch of new faces and have a big PR campaign. I'll be there all day trying to make sure that shit goes well. We're the veterans of the movement, and when new faces show up what do we do? Talk to people, find out what brought them here. That's what we really need to start working on. The other thing is, if a thousand people show up and want to reoccupy, it has to go to GA. But if the media is there questioning why we're taking back Dewey: "we're here, we're always going to be here, this is the people's park". We should also try to tie it into the MBTA.<br />
* Dennis: I just checked the weather and it said 46 degrees and chance of rain. I liked one of the things Cathy said, that if people are organized in small groups, affinity groups, it would be one way for people to deal with uncertainty. I don't know if this is feasible for Sunday, but I think that along with the info tents it would be good to have a way of getting people together with other new people for the day to hang out. I'd like it to be a fun day with games. But this day has been presented as "come and do what you want", and I don't want to see occupiers yelling at other occupiers or some occupiers talking to the press and saying "they're not with us" would be worse than having people arrested or having people leave because of arrests.<br />
* Jack: Some time a group of people should go down to the Constitution and read it out to Charlestown.<br />
** Bob: just for the record I carry one of these around all the time [holds up copy of constitution] and I can and have quoted it to the police.<br />
* Anna: I want to pause a moment in the stack and make sure that people who don't usually speak up in these spaces have a chance to speak up and get on stack.<br />
* Glenn: Other people have said what I was going to say so I pass.<br />
* Rich: I was just going to say that the notion of different affinity groups or whoever just coming in and doing what they want to do is sort of floating around as an unnamed group. And my knowledge of such unnamed groups is not what their aiming at, at this point in time. That there is fairly a large agreement to discourage people setting up tents. And I guess I disagree with Dennis about letting everybody do what everybody wants to do because if somebody sets up a tent next to me at 1:30 I autonomously get my head bashed in. I'd personally like to say we welcome people but this is not where we're looking for provocation.<br />
* Patrick: I'll do a thankful Thursday if I can but in and do it at the wrong time. As we plan what's going to be happening and what to anticpate coming up on Sunday, I can't help but think about last September when I first went to Dewey Square. I'd heard about it and I went down, and it was very cool. But when I went to Dewey I met all these people, Ron Paul people, the end the Fed people, and I met all these people from different walks of life and I was reassured that I'm not alone. It's about community. If we can use this opportunity to help build our movement and tell people that they're not alone. I'm thankful for all the that and all of you.<br />
* Matt: I was just going to offer an unexpert opinion on uncertainty: I think the best thing we can do is make sure we're talking to eachother. The term affinity group gets thrown around too much, but I think we've discussed some kind of vision for what we want A1 to be, look around and notice who's here, and know what our vision is, so we can be around to help eachother out on Sunday. It would be good for these people to stay in communication.<br />
* Zoey: As far as people putting up tents: I want to through something out there about the pedagogy of the oppresed: a person who is on the oppressed end of the spectrum will intrinsicly look to earn the respect of their oppressors. This enforcing of some kind of policing policy, if somebody puts up a tent next to me, I'm not going to stop them, because I'm homeless right now and many of the people I know who want to reoccupy are homeless. The fact is that most of the people who want to reoccupy are people who have incentive to reoccupy. I want to throw something out there and I want input: in NH what I decided to do is go to the park there and sleep in the camp. They acted like the police to us. Anytime we enforce their rules because we're afraid of what they're going to do we end up getting something we don't want. So I say if you want to throw down a tent, and if the cops come and say to leave, I'll just take them with me, I know some other place we can go.<br />
* Carolyn: Pass.<br />
* Rich: Who is likely to put up tents. There are two types, people who want a place to stay and people who want to be provacative. If you want to put up a tent do it after 2:00. There may be 2,000 people or 3,000 people in which case we would need a metaphor or mabe a metafive. There should be an info tent <call for consensus>. John has a canvas and misc. supplies. Dan: Point of info. We are getting buttons from storage. Ethan: People doing info tent joined up with some other working groups and Ethan will look for supplies by reaching out to them.<br />
* Alex: Point of logistics at the end; On the topic of solidarity. We need things arround us like bubbles, for the effect. Alex is annoyed that he keeps getting flyers.<br />
* Anonymus: Do we want to bring tables into Dewey? How are we going to use the tables that are already there?<br />
* Paty: We could make copies of the declaration of occupation for info.<br />
* Caroline: I will buy bubbles. When my kids were young we had gaint buble makers. Is anyone brining food?<br />
* Misc: Radical gardening at Dewey; discuss. Direct Action is meeting after the 5:30 GA.<br />
* Anonymus: Someone will be telling the history of Dewey. They will be using History as something positive. I will have a badage that says, "Ask me about Dewey" or "Who is Dewey"?<br />
* Anonymus 2: Does anyone have flags that could have "Dewey" on it?<br />
* Dennis: We still have a projector to project on to the wall <chatter>.<br />
* Alex: Point of info about batteries. We have a battery pack at logistics with two external plugs. It is mobile. Let's use it.<br />
* Rigley: I think it would be great if someone would dress up as Ghandi?<br />
* Moderator: Someone should send an e-mail to Antonia to come be a human statue<br />
* Ethan: Caroline has talked about bubbles. John notes that there will be things such as chalk. John: Signs is brining the same things as new years. A baner, chalk, posters, markers, silk screns (depending on the weather)<br />
* Moderator: I will bring flowers and seeds and a giant pack of the anti-opression statement.<br />
* Angela: I will bring an outdoor game, with two goals. A toss game<br />
* Ethan: I will bring a kite.<br />
* Misc: Let's get pictures of a bunch of the old Dewey stuff so Ethan can do tours.<br />
: Lightening up is really imporant, <br />
* Moderator: Giant inflatable toy..<br />
* Caroline: If dewey is someway occupied it would be a good idea to do stuff across the street.<br />
* Ethan: Point of info: there was rope at Dewey square after a march a couple of weeks ago. At the end of a march we were on the grass at Dewey square, I was threated with arrest, and afterwards I went back and checked and saw that there are no signs to warn against arrest. They removed the roped off area. I recommend anyone who hasn't been to Dewey, go there.<br />
* John: Anyone who can make copies of the "We are the 99%" flyer should.<br />
* Misc: Postive response<br />
* Alex: I'm not going on April 1st. Due to an arrestability issue.<br />
* Matt: If you are looking for things to do there will be Yoga and a knitting circle. Don't worry too much about me. I don't feel too bad about people who can't go to Dewey. That should be a concern.<br />
* Angela: I like to advocate that anytime we need public space, we reclaim and decolonize Christopher Columbus park.<br />
The End</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes/Mar2012&diff=13790GA/Minutes/Mar20122012-03-30T20:19:20Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>=== [[GA_Minutes_Thu_Mar_29_2012|Week ?? - Thu Mar 29]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_27_2012|Week ?? - Tue Mar 27]] ===<br />
* Note: Something is wrong with how we're numbering these weeks. We should come up with a new solution.<br />
<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_24_2012|Week 26 - Sat Mar 24]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_20_2012|Week 25 - Tue Mar 20]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[Media:GA_Minutes_Sat_Mar_8_2012.txt|Week 24 - Sat Mar 10]] ===<br />
<br />
=== Week 23 - Thur Mar 8 ===<br />
<br />
=== Week 23 - Tue Mar 6 ===<br />
[[GA Minutes Tue Mar 06 2012|Part 1/2]]<br/><br />
[[Media:GA_Minutes_Tues_Mar_6_2012.txt|Part 2/2]]<br/><br />
<br />
=== [[Media:GA_Minutes_Sat_March_3_2012.pdf|Week 23 - Sat Mar 3]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[GA Minutes Thurs Mar 1 2012|Week 22 - Thurs Mar 1]] ===</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328&diff=13761WG/OBIT/Minutes/1203282012-03-29T01:05:43Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Congratulations<br />
* Kendra's Article for the Occupier<br />
* Groups v2<br />
** Feedback from forums<br />
** Contact groups using v1<br />
** Next Sprint<br />
* Reschedule next week's meetings<br />
* A1, A2, A4<br />
** As it stands they fall on the 1st and the 4th, two big days of action.<br />
* Things to discuss with media<br />
* Tickets<br />
** There are a bunch of ''old and open'' tickets to take care of.<br />
<br />
== Congratulations (Outcome of the community gathering) ==<br />
* Woohoo! We had an awesome community gathering.<br />
* A woman who had previously worked with the FSF is planning on following up with us later.<br />
* One woman said she was a graphic designer and would be willing to help. Brandon has her info.<br />
* A couple other people might want to help out with OBIT in the future.<br />
<br />
== Kendra's Article ==<br />
* Kendra: I wrote an overview on the gathering which I want to publish in the Occupier. I sent it to the OBIT list for people to look over. Try to do that in the next 48 hours.<br />
<br />
== Teach-Ins / Skill-Shares ==<br />
* POC is trying to get in touch with some of the community groups who might want to help with outreach/teach-ins.<br />
** Kendra is in touch with them working to coordinate these events.<br />
* Ross: we should probably re-do the wiki thing, because of poor turnout.<br />
* We need to more outreach about these teach-in events.<br />
* The next target date for a teach-in is 8 April.<br />
* Ross: I'm not sure that having a scheduled training at a specific time is the best strategy for approaching this problem.<br />
* Brandon: I think scheduling trainings with particular working groups would be a good way to go about these teach-ins (ex. Wiki with Media). We can still invite others not in that WG to come.<br />
* Ross: It sounds like this is a lot of work and perhaps we're overextending ourselves. We need more people.<br />
* Ross: Maybe we also need to train ourselves with some skill-shares.<br />
* The groups votes to schedule a training with media to talk about wiki's specifically.<br />
** Steve will take the action to discuss that with them.<br />
* Jeremy: we need to have a conversation what OBIT's strategy and consistent message.<br />
* When are we going to hold our internal skill-shares?<br />
** Ross: I think it would be better if Wednesdays were work meetings where we could do a skill-share when we want.<br />
** We voted on that and reached consensus.<br />
** Wednesday April 18th we'll have a GPG skill-share during the meeting, starting at 6.<br />
<br />
== Things To Talk About With Media ==<br />
* Wiki training<br />
** It's already mostly planned, Steve just needs to schedule it.<br />
* Address the SFTP thing.<br />
* Everyone email list<br />
* Funders list<br />
** They will soon want to send another email out.<br />
* Groups v2<br />
* Media suggested meeting on Saturday, we counter suggest the 11th.<br />
** Dan Cheeno says that should be ok.<br />
<br />
== Groups v2 ==<br />
* Dana: I made a new banner for groups, but I thought the design motif should be about groups rather than buildings.<br />
* Brandon: I think we should contact FSU and Safer Spaces, the most prominent users of groups v1.<br />
* We should create a custom theme (base-theme zen) that will allow us to start tackling the theme).<br />
* Etherpad Integration<br />
** Not in this sprint<br />
* Messaging and Notifications<br />
<br />
== Next Week's Meetings ==<br />
* Sunday & Wednesday are cancelled, we'll meet at 3 on Saturday at e5.<br />
<br />
== A1 ==<br />
* Crazy Shit<br />
<br />
== A2 ==<br />
* Dana will hand off a sign.<br />
<br />
== A4 ==<br />
* Not as a group.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328&diff=13760WG/OBIT/Minutes/1203282012-03-28T22:48:14Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Groups v2<br />
** Feedback from forums<br />
** Contact groups using v1<br />
* Reschedule next week's meetings<br />
** As it stands they fall on the 1st and the 4th, two big days of action.<br />
* Things to discuss with media<br />
* Tickets<br />
** There are a bunch of ''old and open'' tickets to take care of.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328&diff=13759WG/OBIT/Minutes/1203282012-03-28T22:45:13Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Groups v2<br />
* Reschedule next week's meetings<br />
** As it stands they fall on the 1st and the 4th, two big days of action.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328&diff=13758WG/OBIT/Minutes/1203282012-03-28T22:44:30Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Proposed Agenda == * Groups v2 * Reschedule next week's meetings"</p>
<hr />
<div>== Proposed Agenda ==<br />
* Groups v2<br />
* Reschedule next week's meetings</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=WG/OBIT&diff=13757WG/OBIT2012-03-28T22:42:09Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>== Occupy Boston Information Technology Group ==<br />
Welcome to OBIT, serving Occupy Boston's information and technology needs!<br />
<br />
Best Contacts: [mailto:obit@occupyboston.org obit@occupyboston.org]<br />
<br />
Mailing list: [mailto:obit@lists.mayfirst.org obit@lists.mayfirst.org] ([https://lists.mayfirst.org/mailman/listinfo/obit info])<br />
<br />
IRC channel: #OccupyBoston on irc.indymedia.org<br />
<br />
Internal IRC channel: #OccupyBostonIT<br />
<br />
[http://support.occupyboston.org/trac To Register a Support Ticket]<br />
<br />
[http://irc.lc/indymedia/occupybostonit/Occupy_@@@ Online Chat (fastest way to get support)]<br />
<br />
===Working Group Meetings===<br />
If you would like to jump right into OBIT, come to one of our working group meetings.<br />
<br />
We meet '''Wednesdays and Sundays at 7PM''' at Encuentro Cinco, 33 Harrison Avenue 5th Floor, Boston. If for some instance we can't use e5, we usually move the meeting to City Place, in the Transportation Building on Stuart Street near Tremont Street.<br />
<br />
===Projects ===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/SOPA Proposal|SOPA/PIPA Proposal]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Improving Groups|Improving Occupy Boston Groups]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Wikispaces Migration]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Mediawiki Organization]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/todo|Todos]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/project ideas|project ideas]]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/File:Customizedflyer112211.pdf Customizable Flyer PDF 11/22/11]<br />
*[http://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/Crowd_Sourcing_Platforms_List Crowd Sourcing Platforms List for discussion]<br />
<br />
===Meeting Notes===<br />
<br />
====2011====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111019 | October 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111021 | October 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111030 | October 30]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111106 | November 6]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111113 | November 13]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111116 | November 16]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/111120 | November 20]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/MInutes/111221 | December 21]]<br />
<br />
==== 2012 ====<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110118 | January 18 (OBIT/Media)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110125 | January 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110201 | February 1]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/110208 | February 8]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120212 | February 12]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120219 | February 19]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120226 | February 26]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120229 | February 29]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120304 | March 4]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120307 | March 7]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120309 | March 9 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120311 | March 11]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120314 | March 14]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120315 | March 15 (Wiki Teach-In Planning Meeting)]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120321 | March 21]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120325 | March 25]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Minutes/120328 | March 28]]<br />
<br />
=== How Tos===<br />
<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/IRC|IRC Guide]]<br />
*[[List_Help|Mailing List Management Help]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Creation|Email Creation for Tech Admins]]<br />
*[[WG/OBIT/Email Client Configuration| Configuring Your Email Client]] for OccupyBoston.org email accounts<br />
*[[Email_Help|Email Help (includes Thunderbird Example)]]<br />
*[[HowTo: make a link!|HowTo: make a link!]]<br />
*[[User:Mcktimo/on organizing the wiki/help file|draft help file]] [[User:Mcktimo|Mcktimo]] 23:05, 23 October 2011 (EDT)<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/IRC_meeting_conventions|IRC Meeting Conventions]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Ices2|Using Ices2]] to stream.<br />
*[[to sign up for a list]]<br />
<br />
=== Internal Procedures ===<br />
* [[Obit Email]]<br />
* [[WG/OBIT/Services]]<br />
<br />
=== Members ===<br />
[[User:Ross|Ross is here]]<br />
<br />
[[User:Randy|Randy is too. All the other OBITeurs are zombies?]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Working groups|OBIT]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_27_2012&diff=13735GA Minutes Tue Mar 27 20122012-03-28T01:47:46Z<p>Brandon: Created page with "== Announcements == === WG Announcements === * Occupy the MBTA: We're having a major action on next Wednesday, the 4th. We need a lot more people to get invovled. If you want t..."</p>
<hr />
<div>== Announcements ==<br />
=== WG Announcements ===<br />
* Occupy the MBTA: We're having a major action on next Wednesday, the 4th. We need a lot more people to get invovled. If you want to get plugged in come to Friday's meeting at SCIU, 6PM. There will be another meeting on Sunday, but the time and place is not set yet. Tomorrow night at Dorchester House there is a teach-in on Occupy MBTA issues at 8PM. If you have used Charlie Cards please save them so we can turn them into confetti. There are freshly printed fliers at e5, probably in the Media cubicle near the Occupier. There are over a dozen cities committed to participate on A4. They're going to release the "third proposal" for the MBTA budget in the next 24-48 hours. Come to the meeting on Friday night!<br />
* Reporters from London are here making a documentary. They would like to know if they can record some of the GA and take some pictures? They can.<br />
* Direct Action: Tomorrow night at 9PM, at City Place, there is going to be a public DA meeting. They want as many people to come as possible! If the time changes it'll be online, and we'll try to get it out via texts. Also, make sure to come to Dewey on April 1st. There's going to be food, trainings, clothings swaps, etc, and a GA.<br />
* Inreach: We need to get as many people as possible to come to the Open House on April 2nd. Everybody should take a flier and post a flier up! As part of the Open House, the Inreach WG is drafting a short document called the "Occupy Boston Handbook" to give out at the Open House. I'd like to pass some out and have folks write comments on them.<br />
* Ethan notes that this space is not very good acousticly and it would be great if people could keep that in mind.<br />
* Occupy Harbor Islands: I've been speaking briefly over the past couple months about having an Occupation on Thompson Island. It used to be a school for wayward children, and there's a landbridge. The goal should be to create a standard of living & self sufficient community that is apart from the entities that currently control our lives. There are some open fields and buildings on the island. The first WG meeting will be tomorrow at e5 at 5PM. Noah notes that the judge said we would be able to occupy one of the harbor islands.<br />
* Anti-Oppression: We're chaning our meeting schedule to Sat. 4:30-6:30PM, at Arlington St. Church.<br />
* Signs: We're working on all kinds of awesome stuff (banners & stuff)! We need some materials: foam, paintbrushes, acryllic paint, vinyl. Bring it to GA, e5, or Dewey on the 1st, we're have a mobile signs unit there.<br />
* Safer Spaces: We're hosting an hour long discussion on Thursday after announcements, and a roughly two hour long discussion on Sat (both during GA) about values and what we bring to spaces we occupy. saferspaces@occupyboston.org Also on Saturday Medics will be giving a presentation on protester safety. Safter Spaces meets 2PM on Sat e5<br />
* Occupemos el Barrio: They're meeting 3-6 Sat, at the Social Center near Liberty Sq. Plaza<br />
* FAWG: The donation containers probably shouldn't stay in my kitchen because I can't get to many GAs.<br />
* Occupy the Farm: this group hasn't formally met in person, but we talk a lot online. There's this cool dude call David and some Occupy Monsanto hunger-strikers who need our love. Check them out online. Tomorrow is the national day to call-in to Wal-Mart to demand them to not carry genetically modified foods. Their number is 1-877-796-1950. The decision will be made by April 1st.<br />
* Food: We've been asked to supply lunch for Dewey on the 1st. If you could make some baked goods or finger food and bring it, that would be fantastic. It's supposed to happen from 12-1PM.<br />
<br />
=== Individual Announcements ===<br />
* Matt: Ursula from NLG called me and wants to give the OB Legal WG an award in the near future, so they'd like to get in touch with anybody who has been helped by the legal WG. You can pass along your stories or get in touch with me at mattbcarroll@yahoo.com<br />
* Ellen: Occupy the Burbs (Needham, Natick, etc) has been busy. We've been working on a town meeting article to get pesticides off our lawn. We're going to be showing a movie called The Chemical Reaction. We're also going to be bringing a letter to the governor around to get them to stop using pesticides on the State House and maybe other public spaces in Boston.<br />
** CC: Have you thought about alternatives to chemicals, like goats?<br />
** A: We haven't thought about goats.<br />
* Eric: This past weekend was the national peace conference in Stanford, CT. There were lots of folks from Occupy there. If anybody has any questions about it I can discuss with you what happened there. <br />
<br />
=== Final Call for Announcements ===<br />
* Occupy Lynn: We're having a GA on Saturday in front of Lynn city hall at 3PM.<br />
* Greg: There's a rally & march this Saturday for Palestinian rights from Copley at 6PM.<br />
<br />
== Proposals ==<br />
* There is only one proposal on stack (FAWG).<br />
* Facilitaion explains the hand signals and proposal process.<br />
<br />
=== FAWG Proposal ===<br />
* Facilitator's Note: we agreed (Facilitators) that in order to keep this proposal on track I'm going to be a hard ass in order to try and keep the discussion on track.<br />
* Background: Once upon a time, in January, there was a proposal about a spending freeze. That prop. said we'd come back on March 6th with a recommendation. Because of time contraints and FAWG discussions we haven't presented it to now.<br />
* OB's FAWG invites the OB community to hear FAWG's story, consider it's history, to feel it's distress, to understand it's observations and concerns, to think about OB's relationship to FAWG & to money -- and then to engage in a conversation. FAWG proposes to tell this story and to facilitate this conversation, at OB's General Assembly for 2 hours on Tuesday April 10, 2012. <br />
<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: Will there be time for questions and discussions?<br />
* A: Yes<br />
<br />
* CC: Is there any truth to the idea that FAWG is going to dissolve itself?<br />
* Facil: That's not really related to the proposal. This is kind of what I wanted to avoid.<br />
<br />
* CC: Will this discussion include info about what other Occupies have done in this area, or should people should do research on this area in preperation?<br />
* A: If the community would like we can add that to what we tell people, the little bit that we know.<br />
<br />
* CC: Had you considered coming tonight with this discussion tonight? I thought we already scheduled a discussion time at a previous GA?<br />
* A: It feels like it has been a while since that agreement so we thought it might be good to renew it, also, members of FAWG are having a hard time scheduling.<br />
<br />
* CC: How do you see the format of the discussion taking place?<br />
* A: A 20-30 minute sharing of the issues listed, then FAWG would facillitate the conversation (NOT lead it). We envision a lot of small group discussions. The floor would be pretty open.<br />
<br />
* CC: Would this be aimed at reaching some kind of resolution?<br />
* A: There were some of us in FAWG who wanted to present issues and propose resolutions, but we decided to step back and present the issues and see if OB wants to reach any particular resolution that day.<br />
<br />
==== Small Group Discussion ====<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* SS: I support this proposal because we need to do this sometime.<br />
* SS: It moves us towards some kind of agenda setting. I also think it's an example of when a WG is reaching out to a larger group of people to say we need the community to think about this.<br />
* SS: I think we need to take better care <br />
* SS: I think this will help us make better informed decisions<br />
* SS: Sometimes it feels like it's a small group making decisions<br />
* SS: With our work schedules not everybody can make it to every GA, so it's good to know in advance that there is a date when something important is going to be discussed. This discussion has been attempted several times and been superceeded by other things.<br />
* SS: it seems like this is a step in the direction that I think we want to go in where a WG has quite a bit of power handling money and to say that we should all decide together.<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
<br />
==== Friendly Amendments ====<br />
* FA: Is there any language on forward thinking in the proposal? If not I'd like to see it added. I'd like to see some kind of evaluation process at the end of the discussion process.<br />
<br />
* CC: What day is the 10th?<br />
* A: Tuesday.<br />
<br />
==== Propoers Consider the Amendments (Individual Stack) ====<br />
* Bil: I think Jay & I were the only ones here who took part in the 3 Strikes action. Does anybody want to see 2 minutes of video from that action? [Shows the video]<br />
* Mike: I saw a documentary last night on PBS, I forget the exact name, something like "Finding Your Roots", about the ancestry of some famous people. I was struck last night about what I saw with John Lewis (politician from GA). We complain about police in NY and BPD, but we aren't facing anything like old school civil rights police. It was very moving when he found out that one of his ancestors was a freed slave who voted two years after the Civil War. I plan to vote, because people have fought and died for the right to vote.<br />
<br />
==== The Amended Proposal ====<br />
* The following text was appended to the proposal:<br />
** FAWG will take minutes of the conversation, capture key comments, ideas, issues and concerns on easel pad paper, all of which will be made available for review on FAWG's wiki page. FAWG will ask for evaluation and possible next steps at the end of the meeting.<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
==== Small Group Discussions ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* SS: I like that my amendment was semi-included.<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
==== Friendly Amendments ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
==== Blocks ====<br />
* The facilitator recants the definition of a block.<br />
* NOPE<br />
==== Consensus ====<br />
* The proposal passes.<br />
<br />
== Individual Stack ==<br />
* Patrick: I need somebody to help me put the chairs back up when the GA is done.<br />
* Alex: We have a bad bad habit: waiting until the last minute to plan events. Pretending anything on the calendar more than a week away (w/o the number 17 in it) doesn't exist. So I'm going to harp on July 4. I want to rip apart blind nationalism, and I'll do it wherever they'll help me. I'd like that to be Occupy Boston. I'm gonna be bringing it up a lot. Hope you guys help me.<br />
* Matt: I'm going to be making a two week break from Occupy. I just need to be a little hands off for a bit.<br />
* John: April 1st is less than a week away. If you have any clothes that are collecting dust bring it to Dewey Square. If you have an books you don't want bring it to Dewey Square. If you have anything you think you could give away, bring it to Dewey Square.<br />
** POI: Queer DA is doing a clothing swap at Dewey where people can bring/get clothes.<br />
* Ellen: Tomorrow is call-in to Wal-Mart about GMOs and about how you don't want them to carry them. 1-877-796-1950 is the number.<br />
* Patrick: I was the national anti-war committee forum this weekend, and I brought some literature back. If anybody wants to hear what's going on, get at me.<br />
* Rich: In the spirit of what's going on in future GAs, I just wanted to bring up that on Thursday and Saturday we're going to be talking about possible future Occupations.<br />
* Dana: A few weeks ago some folks came from OWS with a new publication with a letter to OWS from protesters in Cairo. [Dana reads the passage, sorry too quickly for me to note it.]<br />
* Patty: Jorge hit the 300 mile mark on the trail today. trailjournals.com/halfmoon2012<br />
* : If anybody wants to do some activities on April 1st we have a big huge open space and some times. We're also going to have lunch, a march, livestream training, media training, games, etc. If you have any more idea just do it and let people know.<br />
* Patrick: A bunch of us went to DC, Occupy the Capitol is coming back on Friday, the 30th. I've got a ride down with a few seats left.<br />
* Ridgely: The Brandeis students for justice in Palestine did a mic check, who voluntarily left, but the police felt like they needed to make a statement and made one arrest. She's got bruises, and we've got pictures. We may have a lawsuit against the Newton Police. The mic check is on youtube.<br />
* : We still have a ton of food left. Help yourselves.<br />
* : We want to do a large scale event for Earth Day.<br />
* Alex: One occupier who hasn't had a change to be around is really concerned that we haven't talked about what it means to be a part of this movement. She feels that we can't really move forward without having that conversation. I think at some point we should try, even if it's at a person 1-on-1 level, to address.<br />
* Rich: I just wanted to share a quote that I found in a text from the 60s: "We won't ask, we won't demand, we will take and occupy."<br />
* Glenn: I'd just like to recommend that if you have a proposal give us an advance notice so we know what's coming up and then we'll have bigger GAs.<br />
* : I just wanted to recognize the good humor of the facilitors and croud.<br />
* Deb: I just wanted to support Alex about doing something big on July 4th. Just look how much fun we had on first night. If we start planning now we could have even more fun.</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA/Minutes/Mar2012&diff=13734GA/Minutes/Mar20122012-03-28T01:46:11Z<p>Brandon: </p>
<hr />
<div>=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_27_2012|Week ?? - Tue Mar 27]] ===<br />
* Note: Something is wrong with how we're numbering these weeks. We should come up with a new solution.<br />
<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_24_2012|Week 26 - Sat Mar 24]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_20_2012|Week 25 - Tue Mar 20]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[Media:GA_Minutes_Sat_Mar_8_2012.txt|Week 24 - Sat Mar 10]] ===<br />
<br />
=== Week 23 - Thur Mar 8 ===<br />
<br />
=== Week 23 - Tue Mar 6 ===<br />
[[GA Minutes Tue Mar 06 2012|Part 1/2]]<br/><br />
[[Media:GA_Minutes_Tues_Mar_6_2012.txt|Part 2/2]]<br/><br />
<br />
=== [[Media:GA_Minutes_Sat_March_3_2012.pdf|Week 23 - Sat Mar 3]] ===<br />
<br />
=== [[GA Minutes Thurs Mar 1 2012|Week 22 - Thurs Mar 1]] ===</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Tue_Mar_24_2012&diff=13733GA Minutes Tue Mar 24 20122012-03-28T01:43:36Z<p>Brandon: moved GA Minutes Tue Mar 24 2012 to GA Minutes Sat Mar 24 2012</p>
<hr />
<div>#REDIRECT [[GA Minutes Sat Mar 24 2012]]</div>Brandonhttps://wiki.occupyboston.org/wiki/index.php?title=GA_Minutes_Sat_Mar_24_2012&diff=13732GA Minutes Sat Mar 24 20122012-03-28T01:43:36Z<p>Brandon: moved GA Minutes Tue Mar 24 2012 to GA Minutes Sat Mar 24 2012</p>
<hr />
<div>== WG Announcements ==<br />
<br />
=== OBIT ===<br />
* Brandon: I have lots of announcements!<br />
* OBIT is hosting a wiki teaching/training session at 2:30 on Sunday at e5. If you want some help figuring out the wiki you should come!<br />
* OBIT's community gathering is coming up on Monday! It's going to be super awesome and everybody should come!<br />
* OBIT is developing a new website to replace the not-so-great groups.occupyboston.org. Our development model is one that depends on user feedback, so it'd be great if people could sign on and use the ultra-pre-alpha site at http://v2dev.groups.occupyboston.org<br />
* Unreleated to OBIT: e5 is asking people to stop using the emergency exit on the 5th floor. They're getting in trouble for it.<br />
<br />
=== Safer Spaces ===<br />
<br />
* Anna: we had a great joint meeting with Tactical and a bunch of other stuff at the Common. We talked about how, if we occupy again, what we want to be like as a community. We talked about logistics, and values. We also had a meeting earlier today with medics, and we're bringing a joint proposal tonight from both groups. The proposal includes talking about the next occuption. Our working group meetings are at 2 on Saturdays, usually at e5. We also do a lot of joint meetings and sometimes come to other groups. The idea behind the group is to think about how to make community spaces for OB. We're working on things like how the community might respond to hard, to various issues, conflicts between groups & individuals, and how we remain a community in physical space. I also have copies of the Statement to Challenge Oppression if anybody wants one.<br />
<br />
=== Inreach ===<br />
<br />
* Bil: A year ago I was expecting to get married and was going to get kids, so I've been thinking a lot about how I'm going to be dead relatively soon. So I've been thinking about how we can get stuff done relatively soon. So I've been pushy because that's the only way I know how to get things done. I've got fliers for the open house which is a week and two days from how (on the 2nd) at St. Paul's. As part of the Open House we are expecting:<br />
** To have a short opening, introductory, session<br />
** To have working groups introduce themselves<br />
** Open mingling<br />
* We also think it would be good if people could have something to take away from the open house, so we're working on producing a small OB handbook.<br />
<br />
=== Occupy MBTA ===<br />
<br />
* Ridgley: Occupy the T will be having a lot of leafleting next week. You can go to the website to sign up, or let me know if you're not on the list. We have meetings at 5PM at SCIU on West St. 6-8PM, on Fridays. April 4th is a rally at the State House from 3 until we decide to leave. Please join in.<br />
<br />
=== Radio ===<br />
<br />
* Alex: Radio needs producers! Radio meets MWF (7-9 on MF), (6-8 W), Monday & Wed. at e5, Friday at City Place. It's sad that we're not producing more content because we need more people to help!<br />
* Question: What's your show going to be?<br />
* Alex: It's going to be a sports show!<br />
<br />
=== Screen Printing / Signs ===<br />
<br />
* Jay: Screen printing was on the common the other day! We had a confrontation with police because we didn't have any of the several permits we need. Particularly doing street art together and distributing it. I have video of them arguing with eachother trying to figure out how to kick us out. We want to do more hang outs in parks and stuff. Keep your eye on twitter and facebook to figure out when.<br />
<br />
== Individual Announcements ==<br />
<br />
* Sasha: I love you guys. YES! magazine is on "Ending Corporate Rule". Check it out, it's full of cool stuff.<br />
* Joe: I have something that maybe evolve into a proposal in a while. This is the issue of tactical diversity. We think that more folks should be aware of the discussions and debates that have happened so far. This document was originally Terra's, but we've been working on it. People thought it was saying that we're totally antiviolence, but we've put in some definitions to help clear up any misconceptions. People should look at it and comment on it. I'll pass it out and put it up on the internet. When it finally comes up as a proposal we don't want it to be devisive. My email address is cc2manj@verizon.net.<br />
* Alex: OK, so we were in the multimedia meeting last night and a few of our more professional folks we like "man, we really need interns". It started as a joke, but then we had a conversation. There are people with serious expertise who are willing to teach people, and are willing to go to university and figure out how to get them college credits. For now people can contact ingrammi6@gmail.com.<br />
<br />
== Proposals ==<br />
<br />
There are two proposals on stack: <br />
* Safer Spaces / Medics<br />
** The proposal is for Sat the 30th to take up the GA to talk about what we bring to the public space that we Occcupy (with a special eye towards the 1st). Medics would do a presentation about basic protester health & safety. It's be a community discussion.<br />
* Tactical<br />
** We're requesting the release of the 14,000 dollar earmark created a while ago to procure supplies needed for a potential Occupation<br />
<br />
* Tactical let's Safer Spaces go first.<br />
<br />
=== Safer Spaces Proposal ===<br />
* Anna, Sasha, Jessie, Charlette <br />
* We are proposing a community discussion and presentation (probably half & half). This would be a different sort of version of the discussion that happened on the Cambridge Common grass Friday afternoon. The focus is two questions: 1) when we come to a public space what do we bring into it with us, values & logistics and 2) what do we want to look like when we come into that space. (The agenda is totally worked out yet.) We want everybody to take part in the discussion even if they're not going to participate in the action.<br />
* We want to have a presentation covering what medics do, what happens when you call a medic, how to work in a buddy system, affinity group safety, weather safety, police & arrest safety, post action self care, myths & facts that are floating around, Q&A.<br />
* Just to be clear the proposal is specifically about taking up the whole time of the Saturday (30th) GA, the night before the action on the 1st.<br />
<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: when you say the full GA do you mean no announcements?<br />
* A: Somebody should make an ammendment about that.<br />
<br />
* CC: why did you decide to do this Saturday and not Thursday, which would give more lead time going into these big events?<br />
* A: We're reaching out to groups to see if they could bring in some celebration type plans and make sure they can show up at the community discussion. So the idea was for there to be more time to do that communication. Also it gives medics more time to prepare something.<br />
<br />
* CC: is this something that you would prefer to do indoors for this or is outdoors OK?<br />
* A: weather permitting it shouldn't be a problem to be outside. We're not planning on doing any super secret security culture relevant stuff.<br />
<br />
* CC: are we talking about preparing for occupations?<br />
* A: The medics are tactically neutral, so we just want to educate people about protester safety. We want to make sure that these spaces are filled safely and with the right kind of community if they do arise. People are going to want to reoccupy in the Spring. The point of this GA will not be to plan an occupation.<br />
<br />
* CC: is one thing that's going to be addressed that some people can't be at Dewey?<br />
* A: it wasn't planned yet, but I don't see why it shouldn't be on the agenda.<br />
<br />
* CC: are you looking for some kind of general agreement or guidelines, or just generally airing different points of view?<br />
* A: <br />
<br />
==== 5 minute break-out sessions ====<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* SS: I just think that in general this is a good idea. We'll be occupying all different kinds of spaces where it's good for us to reherse and talk about how we can have a group that works well together.<br />
* SS: I think both of these conversations are great conversations that need to happen. In some ways I think you can't really have enough time to talk about either of them. Life is a battlefield and being an activist, it's really a battlefield.<br />
* SS: I think that this is great, it will help us come together, and solidify our values as a community which is something that we haven't given enough attention to as a whole.<br />
* SS: I think that also that we should be ready to be able to be welcoming and giving a positive message about our values are.<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* SC: I'm concerned that part of the discussion that's about values is waiting until the day before. I'll have an amendment.<br />
* SC: I believe that both these conversations can't have enough time. It'd do a great service to both of them if they'd happen at separate times.<br />
<br />
* SC: My concern is that I didn't ask a CC before. My concern is that I don't understand how the discussion that you're proposing is different than the other discussion we've had that's created these other documents (like the one passed on the 6th).<br />
* A: We're talking about gathering in a physical space. The anti-oppression stuff is a broader thing. This is also specifically looking towards April 1st and the kinds of actions that might happen in the Spring. The meeting we had on Friday turned into a conversation about logistics, but we want to talk more about values.<br />
<br />
* SC: I'm concerned that we're going to spend a whole GA talking about this proposal.<br />
* SC: The proposal in itself seems to be good and not objectionable, but this won't necessarily help make occupies more helpful, I think that's a distinct separate thing.i<br />
<br />
==== Amendments ====<br />
* A: I amend that we dedicate that we dedicate both Thurday & Saturday to this.<br />
* A: I amend that announcements not be obliterated<br />
* A: I think that it's important because there's so many upcoming events that we allow announcements.<br />
* A: I'd also like to split these discussions to have the Safer Spaces portion on Thurs, and the Medics stuff on Sat.<br />
* A: I amend that we include a workshop on sunday, since we have several hours on sunday between the march & GA.<br />
* A: That we see if legal is around and see if they want to jump in.<br />
* A: That we keep announcements to 30 minutes.<br />
* A: I think the values thing is so important that we should do it right before the big event. I think if it's on saturday it gives us more time to let people know, and I think legal & medics should be on sunday as a workshop.<br />
<br />
==== Proposers Consider Amendments (Individual Stack) ====<br />
* Alex: Hey everybody! First I want to say perfect is not the enemy of good. At best it's like the best, older, brother of good. So, that has nothing to do with what else I want to say. Sometimes I get angry, and sometimes I do not express my anger in a constructive. Sometimes I yell and curse and storm out. I should do a better job to avoid that when I can, but it's tough, beacuse you grow up in this world in a certain environment, and everybody manifests their emotions differently. Folks should take a look inside and ask 'how do my emotions manifest themselves?'. Sometimes it's OK to get angry, curse, and storm out, and sometimes it's just not cool. I want the 99% to tell me when I'm having a reaction that's not cool to them.<br />
* Bil: Within the inreach group we were seeing if we could put anything out on local community television, and this is what we've got at the moment. [Plays video]<br />
* John: April 1st is around the corner, and there's food & music at noon, satirical march at 1, GA at 5:30. All this is happening at Dewey. Bring food to share cause there's going to be plenty of people there. April 1st is also a national call to action about homeless awareness.<br />
<br />
==== Representing the Proposal ====<br />
* That was a lot of contradictory amendments. We're going to ask for all of Saturday's GA in add an hour for Thursday.<br />
* We decided that since both groups are fundamentally concerned with the wellness of the community that it makes sense to keep the two things together on one day.<br />
* If the medic's presentation is Sunday it doesn't give protestors enough time to prepare.<br />
* We decided not to take all of Thurs & Sat. because we know there's stuff other groups want to do.<br />
* On Thursday for that hour, we're hoping for it to be entirely value specific.<br />
<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: Are you having announcements on Saturday?<br />
* A: Yes.<br />
<br />
* CC: You mentioned you'd be doing something on Sunday, when/where will that be?<br />
* A: We don't know yet.<br />
<br />
* CC: Will I be clear enough on Thursday to decide if Sunday is going to be a family friendly activity.<br />
* A (from the assembly): All the stuff that's planned for during the day is going to be family friendly, but police are already preparing.<br />
<br />
==== Another break-out session ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* SS: I support the amended proposal because I think the added time on Thursday is a good opportunity to talk 'big picture' stuff before we get into specifics on Saturday. Plus people have been asking for more discussion time during GA.<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* SC: I'm a little concerned that a one hour discussion of values on Thursday isn't enough to get into any real depth.<br />
* SC: I'm concerned that the disjointed conversations have now becomre more disjointed in the amended proposal. I feel they'd be better served in separate conversations.<br />
<br />
==== Amendments ====<br />
* A: I'd like to make Thursday 2 hours.<br />
* A: Is there a way to begin a conversation now in advance of Thursday? Perhaps online.<br />
* A: It seems like everybody is focusing on April 1st being the end-all-be-all, so I think there should also be a feedback session at some point after April 1st.<br />
<br />
==== Revisiting the Proposal ====<br />
* We're concerned about monopolizing GA considering that there are other proposals coming up that the GA would like to consider. So we're going to not amend the proposal further. The feedback thing is a great idea, but I'm not going to put it in this proposal.<br />
<br />
==== Blocks ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
<br />
==== Consensus ====<br />
* This proposal passes.<br />
<br />
=== Tactical Proposal ===<br />
* The tactical working group proposes the release of the $14,000 earmarked for future occupations.<br />
* Background: about a month and a half back we proposed that we put aside $14k for logistics stuff for a possible future occupation.<br />
<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: can you read the proposal again?<br />
* A: [reads the proposal again]<br />
<br />
* CC: I thought the language of the previous proposal said that the money would be automatically released after March 1.<br />
* A: We understood it as saying we couldn't ask for the funds before March 1, but we'd still have to ask after.<br />
<br />
* CC: I thought it was $7000<br />
* A: It originally was, but amendments bumped it up to $14k.<br />
<br />
* CC: What's the current budget estimate for OB<br />
* A (from GA): arround $60k.<br />
<br />
* CC: Does releasing the funds mean tactical can spend it however it wants, or just that the money is now available?<br />
* A: We've developed a based budget, but we want this money to be able to purchase supplies necessary for actions happen very quickly.<br />
<br />
* PI: This $14k isn't in the general fund any more and can't go back to the general fund with GA approval.<br />
<br />
* PI: You realize that your proposal says "you're releasing the funds", meaning "those funds will no longer be earmarked", not that you can go ahead and spend it.<br />
<br />
* CC: Are you saying that once you have the $14k, a working group could come up and ask, then you'd give it to them?<br />
* A: I believe it has to go through the GA first.<br />
<br />
* PI: If WGs want to spend money they have to go to GA.<br />
<br />
* PI: FAWG estimated that Dewey cost us $14k.<br />
<br />
* CC: I'm confused about the original proposal, I thought it just said we wouldn't spend it on anything else, not that it was earmarked.<br />
<br />
* [re-reads original proposal]<br />
<br />
* CC: In the absence of security culture, 'release' means that tactical goes to FAWG and recieves the money.<br />
* A (from GA): When Tactical spends the money, receipts will be saved and published after those items are used.<br />
<br />
* CC: If we give our approval to this, any WG can come to you and ask for the money, and dispense the funds without going in front of GA.<br />
* A: Not really. We want to be prepared for if/when the GA says "lets do this". Our goal is that when the GA approves an occupation we're ready to go.<br />
<br />
* PI: People gave us that money for occupation not hoarding. Also, this group is basicially logistics and DA together.<br />
<br />
* CC: I'd like more clarification about what has to go before GA before spending.<br />
* A: Anything that is beyond an individual action would require the approval of the GA.<br />
<br />
* CC: Are there things anticipated on April 1st defined as "full on occupation"<br />
* A: Tactical doesn't plan actions, we offer logistics & supplies. When the GA says 'Occupy' we'll give 'thumbs up' or 'thumbs down'. We'd like to give 'thumbs up' if that time comes.<br />
<br />
* CC: Will we need additional space for more stuff?<br />
* A: No, our current storage unit should be able to accomodate it.<br />
<br />
* CC: Tactical comprises several working groups? What's up with that?<br />
* A: We share members with several different WGs.<br />
<br />
* CC: There's no actual budget attached to this proposal, right?<br />
* A: No, we have a rough idea, but it's hard to anticipate what the future holds.<br />
<br />
==== Break-Out Discussions ====<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* SS: I think the people bringing the proposals are trying in good faith to support the thing OB was founded to take part in.<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* SC: I'm concerned that there wasn't any outreach done about the proposal when it came up. We are all aware that there are a lot of people that don't attend GA. There are several WGs who aren't aware that they have access to this money to do actions. I'm worried that we've created another structure of money that's not accessible to them. By releasing right now we're making immediately right now to people who understand how to access it, but there are lots of people to whom it's not accessible because they don't about it. We should postpone until more groups are aware it exists.<br />
* SC: I also agree that we're being asked to do something that a lot more people than are here at GA should be apporiving of, so I think this is not the way we should go. I think this is not really good democratic process to have this GA approve this thing. I think there is a gigantic issue here about accountability. I think we're giving too much autonomy to folks to purchase things other than tents and generators here. I think this is a gigantic mistake.<br />
* SC: My concern is that we had this discussion already when we passed this proposal. The funny thing is there weren't a lot of questions asked that night, and we allotted $14k to Tactical to spend how they wanted. I'm concerned we're now rethinking that proposal which already passed, which we can't do.<br />
* SC: I'm concerned we're concerned too much on money. We should be stockpiling supplies, not money.<br />
* SC: Not every thinks we should do an occupation. This sort of assumes the decision has already been made to do an occupation.<br />
* SC: Some people also thinks all these supplies will be confiscated in one day and we've lost $14k.<br />
* SC: Nothing is built into the wording to say how the money is going to be spent. It's not clear to me whether people from Tactical are going to be approaching the GA with that info.<br />
* PI: I remember that GA, and when Rene brought up the proposal, it was a time when it was cold, money was dwindling, and the heart of the proposal was that "when the Spring comes, we can do stuff."<br />
* SC: The bank WG is in the process of getting together. If we were planning on Occupying BoA, we could just come to you and get supplies? But then what about security culture.<br />
* SC: I understand that the basic principle was proved in another GA, and it was a well intended one, I don't think this one is similarly well intended. I think this is a big deal that should have been promoted as a big deal.<br />
* SC: I'm concerned about it being a large sum of money with relatively discresionary spending. If it were a smaller amount of money it'd be ok. I'm also concerned about the hoarding thing. I understand why we'd want to have all the tents, but I don't want to have them and not use them.<br />
* SC: I feel like we need to take a minute and re-remember what we're doing for a second. I feel like many of these concerns have to do with the first proposal, not this proposal.<br />
* SC: The concern I have is that it feels like people think this was a secret proposal, but Tactical is an open group.<br />
* SC: We made an agreement as a GA to give tactical this money. I'm hearing concerns about the amount of money. Now is not the time to raise concerns of that, because we've already come to that discussion. Tactical had a meeting yesterday, and a lot of the things they're planning on buying is not *just* for full-time occupation. It also includes things like seats & canopies, which could be used for other types of occupation.<br />
* SC: There seems to be some idea of stockpiling, or having things in reserve, yet there's not even a tentative budget attachment to this.<br />
<br />
==== Amendments ====<br />
* A: I amend that $7k or $10k is dispersed right now, and we keep the rest for later. The other thing is to put in a few things to say we have the intention to spend this on things like sleeping bags, emergency blankets, tents, so we have a tentative list of things which we might spend the money on.<br />
* A: My amendment is that you attach a tentative budget, and perhaps there is a difference of $1k between that and the actual amount you spend, you be required to come to GA.<br />
* A: Is there some way to write an amendment that say we don't keep more than X dollars worth of stuff in inventory.<br />
* A: I would like to amend this proposal to also include tents for working groups like People of Color and Decolonize<br />
<br />
==== Proposers Consider their Amendments (Individual Stack) ====<br />
* Dennis: I sent an email around to a few groups I'm in about a workshop next weekend about non-violent communication. <br />
* Jeremy: I'm from Occupy Adele in S. Australia. I'm on leave from work, and have decided that in my time off I'd come to America and go from Occupy to Occupy. If anyone wants to talk to me on issues or anything like that. I don't know how long I'll be here. Probably a night or a couple days.<br />
<br />
==== Stating the amended proposal ====<br />
* The Tactical working group proposes the release of the $14k earmarked to Tactical for future occupations. This money can only be spent for materials directly related or needed for an occupation. These materials will include items such as tents, easy-ups, chairs, electrical supplies, and logistical materials. If more than $1,000 is needed for anything listed above, tactical will come before the GA for approval before spending. <br />
<br />
==== Clarifying Questions & Points of Information ====<br />
* CC: Does this mean that the only thing that needs to come back to GA is things that deviate from the listed categories?<br />
* A: Yes.<br />
<br />
* CC: Is there any provision which says that if you don't spend it all it will come back?<br />
* A: Yes, that's in the previous proposal.<br />
<br />
==== Break-Out Groups ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Support ====<br />
* SS: I strongly support this. I think you really listened to concerns and tried to impliment them.<br />
* SS: I just want to say that these are the folks who at Dewey had the most organization and were always the most together. These are the people who kept all of our money safe in a lock box when Media couldn't keep a few cell phones safe.<br />
* SS: I support this because we already allowed this, and now we're just releasing the funds. In the beginning I was skeptical, but Tactical has open meetings and they're very open with what they want to buy.<br />
* SS: I support this because I was in the common the other day during silk screening and threw up a canopy with "Occupy Boston" on it, and it really got people in the common excited.<br />
* SS: I support this because we need to be outside and in the public eye.<br />
* SS: I support this because being outdoors will action and occupations will allow us to fundraise more effectively.<br />
* SS: I support this, in the beginning I was rather skeptical, but part of what I think we're doing is build a community which increases trust.<br />
* SS: I support this proposal because I'm very proud that the GA worked with the proposers to produce a proposal which is so maleable, and will allow us to be ready for many eventualities.<br />
* SS: I support this proposal because I really want to go shopping.<br />
* SS: I support this proposal because it's now just about the money but it's about political capital and humans working on projects.<br />
* SS: I support this with similar reasons because spending this money and being prepared shows us how serious we are.<br />
<br />
<br />
==== Statements of Concern ====<br />
* SC: This is a little both of support & concern. I think it's OK and let's go ahead with it. I just hope that the decision about a hypothetical "full-on occupation" is one that made very carefully in the future.<br />
* SC: I still have my concern that other's might not feel like these funds are accessible to them. I think that when we got this money we should have gone and gotten a lot more input from other groups. I just hope that not just the people who come to GA know about this, and that you try to make it available to groups who are in the margins of OB.<br />
* SC: I'd like to second that last one. I think there's an issue that democracy is about more than "lets have a vote with the people who show up to GA". I don't know what the structure would be or how, but more people should feel like they have consent.<br />
<br />
==== Amendments ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
<br />
==== Blocks ====<br />
* NOPE<br />
<br />
==== Consensus ====<br />
* This proposal passes.<br />
<br />
== Individual Stack ==<br />
* Noah: April 4 is a national day of action for transportation. We're going to put together a view tomorrow. 11AM, Park Street Station, Green Line Outbound platform. We'll have at least two DSLR cameras, mic-checks, etc. If you have any Occupy screenprinted stuff wear those. We'll probably go for a couple hours.<br />
* Patty: I'm gonna do this on individual stack because when people start leaving nobody listens. When we leave we have to take the garbage out and chairs need to get folded.<br />
* Ethan: Hi, I'm Ethan, I'm from Alabama and like fart jokes. I want to ride an Ostrich. I love everybody and get nervous in front of clouds. We can't begin to actually move forward as a movent if we're still working in the contructs of capitalism, in the sense of, if we come together as a body to talk about money and don't talk about what money means to us we end up protecting it as much as a bank CEO. I think we all felt that, but I love the place that we got to. We also need to realize that when we look around the room there are a lot of people not represented here.<br />
* David: I know somebody did a call to make a puppet for the Charlie puppet. I need some people that know how to make a sew to make a suit for that puppet. I'll make another announcement on Tuesday. I saw Ocupemos El Barrio, and they're meeting against the S2061 at the Social Center in E. Boston on March 31. 68 Central Sq. E. Boston.<br />
* Glenn: I think we need to have the discussion about whether to reoccupy or not. Not only is it a bad idea to give the police targets, I think it would be a good idea to take targets away from the police. If we just had spontaneous gathers at Dewey rather than a full occupation it would really disincentivize the police. It's important to see the police at the hand at the end of the arm at the shoulder. That is, there's people pushing their buttons.</div>Brandon